SAUER INC
S-8, 1999-12-29
MISC INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: VISIONAMERICA INC, SC 13D/A, 1999-12-29
Next: KANSAS TAX EXEMPT TRUST SERIES 36, 485BPOS, 1999-12-29



<PAGE>

  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 1999

                                                  Registration No. 333-_________

________________________________________________________________________________

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                  ------------
                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                  ------------
                                   SAUER INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
                                  ------------
           Delaware                                     36-3482074
(State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

                              2800 EAST 13TH STREET
                                AMES, IOWA 50010
                                 (515) 239-6000

          (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                                  ------------
                                SAUER-SUNDSTRAND
                     EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

             SAUER-SUNDSTRAND LASALLE FACTORY EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
                            (Full Title of the Plans)

                                  ------------
                               KENNETH D. MCCUSKEY
                             TREASURER AND SECRETARY
                                   SAUER INC.
                              2800 EAST 13TH STREET
                                AMES, IOWA 50010
                                 (515) 239-6364
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                  ------------
                                    COPY TO:
                            JAMES W. KAPP, JR., ESQ.
                         SPENCER FANE BRITT & BROWNE LLP
                         1000 WALNUT STREET, SUITE 1400
                           KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64106
                                 (816) 292-8141
                                  ------------
                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================================================
                                                           PROPOSED MAXIMUM        PROPOSED MAXIMUM
     TITLE OF SECURITIES              AMOUNT                OFFERING PRICE             AGGREGATE                   AMOUNT OF
       TO BE REGISTERED         TO BE REGISTERED(1)          PER SHARE(2)          OFFERING PRICE(2)           REGISTRATION FEE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>                        <C>                   <C>                           <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par
value per share, and
participation interests in
the Sauer-Sundstrand
Employees' Savings and              1,000,000(3)               $9.875                $9,875,000.00                 $2,607.00
Retirement Plan and the
Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle
Factory Employee Savings
Plan.
=================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)      The shares of Common Stock (the "Shares") of Sauer, Inc. (the
         "Registrant") being registered consist of 930,000 Shares to be acquired
         in open market purchases under the Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings
         and Retirement Plan (the "Sauer-Sundstrand Plan") and 70,000 Shares to
         be acquired in open market purchases under the Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle
         Factory Employee Savings Plan (the "LaSalle Plan") (the
         Sauer-Sundstrand Plan and the LaSalle Plan are referred to herein
         collectively as the "Plans").
(2)      Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee
         pursuant to Rule 457(c) and (h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended (the "Securities Act"). The price per share and aggregate
         offering price are based on the average of the high and low prices per
         share of the Shares as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on
         December 22, 1999.
(3)      In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act, this
         Registration Statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interests
         to be offered or sold pursuant to the Plans described herein.


<PAGE>


                                   PART II

                           INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE.

         Sauer Inc. (the "Registrant") hereby incorporates by reference into
this Registration Statement the following documents filed by it with the
Commission:

         (a)      The Registrant's Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended
                  December 31, 1998;

         (b)      The Registrant's Quarterly Report on form 10-Q for the fiscal
                  quarter ended April 4, 1999;

         (c)      The Registrant's Quarterly Report on form 10-Q for the fiscal
                  quarter ended July 4, 1999;

         (d)      The Registrant's Quarterly Report on form 10-Q for the fiscal
                  quarter ended October 3, 1999; and

         (e)      The description of the Registrant's Common Stock, par value
                  $.01 per share (the "Common Stock") contained in the
                  Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the
                  Commission on May 7, 1998.

         In addition, all documents and reports filed by the Registrant or
the Plans subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c),
14, and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), prior to the filing of a post-effective amendment which
indicates that all securities offered have been sold or which deregisters all
securities remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
in this Registration Statement and to be part hereof from the date of filing
of such documents or reports.

         Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Registration Statement to the extent that a statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or
is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such
statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,
except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
Registration Statement.

<PAGE>


ITEM 4.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

         Not applicable.

ITEM 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL.

         Not applicable.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the
"DGCL") permits a provision in the certificate of incorporation of each
corporation organized thereunder, eliminating or limiting, with certain
exceptions, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for certain breaches of fiduciary duty as a
director. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company eliminates
the personal liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law.

         Section 145 of the DGCL ("Section 145"), in summary, empowers a
Delaware corporation, within certain limitations, to indemnify its officers,
directors, employees and agents against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably
incurred by them in connection with any suit or proceeding other than by or
on behalf of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the
corporation, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

         With respect to actions by or on behalf of the corporation, Section
145 permits a corporation to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and
agents against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit,
provided such person meets the standard of conduct described in the preceding
paragraph, except that no indemnification is permitted in respect of any
claim where such person has been found liable to the corporation, unless the
Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought
approves such indemnification and determines that such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to be indemnified.

         Article Ninth of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company provides for the indemnification of officers and directors and
certain other parties of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law.
In addition, the Company has entered into Indemnification Agreements with its
directors and certain officers pursuant to which the Company generally is
obligated to indemnify its directors and officers to the maximum extent
permitted by law. The Company also maintains directors and officers liability
insurance.

ITEM 7.  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION CLAIMED.

         Not applicable.

<PAGE>


ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS.

         Reference is made to the Exhibit Index filed herewith.

         The Registrant has submitted the Plans and undertakes to have all
amendments to the Plans submitted to the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS")
in a timely manner and to make all changes required by the IRS in order to
maintain the qualification of the Plans under Section 401 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS.

         (a)      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                  (1)      To file, during any period in which offers or sales
                           are being made, a post-effective amendment to this
                           Registration Statement:

                           (i)      To include any prospectus required by
                                    Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of
                                    1933;

                           (ii)     To reflect in the prospectus any facts or
                                    events arising after the effective date of
                                    the Registration Statement (or the most
                                    recent post-effective amendment thereof)
                                    which, individually or in the aggregate,
                                    represent a fundamental change in the
                                    information set forth in the Registration
                                    Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                                    any increase or decrease in volume of
                                    securities offered (if the total dollar
                                    value of securities offered would not exceed
                                    that which was registered) and any deviation
                                    from the low or high end of the estimated
                                    maximum offering range may be reflected in
                                    the form of prospectus filed with the
                                    Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in
                                    the aggregate, the changes in volume and
                                    price represent no more than a 20% change
                                    in the maximum aggregate offering price set
                                    forth in the "Calculation of Registration
                                    Fee" table in the effective Registration
                                    Statement; and

                           (iii)    To include any material information with
                                    respect to the plan of distribution not
                                    previously disclosed in the Registration
                                    Statement or any material change to such
                                    information in the Registration Statement;

                           provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and
                           (a)(1)(ii) do not apply if the Registration Statement
                           is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the information
                           required to be included in a post-effective amendment
                           by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports
                           filed by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or
                           Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                           that are incorporated by reference in the
                           Registration Statement.


<PAGE>


                  (2)      That, for the purpose of determining any liability
                           under the Securities Act of 1933, each such
                           post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
                           Registration Statement relating to the securities
                           offered therein, and the offering of such securities
                           at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
                           fide offering thereof.

                  (3)      To remove from registration by means of a
                           post-effective amendment any of the securities being
                           registered which remain unsold at the termination of
                           the offering.

         (b)      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for
                  purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
                  of 1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report
                  pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
                  Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee
                  benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by
                  reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be
                  a new registration statement relating to the securities
                  offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
                  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
                  thereof.

         (c)      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
                  Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,
                  officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant
                  to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has
                  been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
                  Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
                  policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
                  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
                  against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
                  Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer
                  or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful
                  defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
                  director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
                  securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
                  the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
                  controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
                  jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it
                  is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be
                  governed by the final adjudication of such issue.



<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         The Registrant. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act
of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Ames, State of Iowa,
on the 23rd day of December, 1999.

                                         SAUER INC.

                                         By: /s/ Kenneth D. McCuskey
                                             -------------------------------
                                         Name:  Kenneth D. McCuskey
                                         Title:  Treasurer and Secretary

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below hereby severally constitutes and appoints Tonio P. Barlage,
David L. Pfeifle, and Kenneth D. McCuskey, and each of them, as his true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities (until revoked in writing), to sign any and all amendments,
including post-effective amendments and supplements, to this Registration
Statement on Form S-8, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or their substitute may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signatures                                  Title                                          Date
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                           <C>

/s/ Klaus H. Murmann                    Chairman and Chief                            12/23/1999
- ----------------------------            Executive Officer and
Klaus H. Murmann                        Director (Principal
                                        Executive Officer)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signatures                                  Title                                          Date
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                           <C>

/s/ Tonio P. Barlage                    President and Chief                           12/23/1999
- ---------------------------             Operating Officer and
Tonio P. Barlage                        Director

/s/ David L. Pfeifle                    Executive Vice President                      12/23/1999
- ---------------------------             and Director
David L. Pfeifle

/s/ Nicola Keim                         Director                                      12/23/1999
- ---------------------------
Nicola Keim

/s/ Johannes F. Kirchhoff               Director                                      12/23/1999
- ---------------------------
Johannes F. Kirchhoff

/s/ Sven Murmann                        Director                                      12/23/1999
- ---------------------------
Sven Murmann

/s/ Augustin A. Ramirez                 Director                                      12/23/1999
- ---------------------------
Agustin A. Ramirez

/s/ Richard M. Schilling                Director                                      12/23/1999
- ---------------------------
Richard M. Schilling

/s/ Kenneth D. McCuskey                 Treasurer and Secretary                       12/23/1999
- ---------------------------             (Principal Accounting
Kenneth D. McCuskey                     Officer)
</TABLE>


         The Plans. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, Institutional Trust Company, the trustee of the Sauer-Sundstrand
Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan and the Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle
Factory Employee Savings Plan, has duly caused this Registration Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Atlanta, State of Georgia, on December 27, 1999.

                                        INSTITUTIONAL TRUST COMPANY

                                        By:      /s/ R. Eric Starr
                                                 --------------------------
                                                 R. Eric Starr
                                                 Trust Officer


<PAGE>


                                   SAUER INC.

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number                             Description
- --------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>
4.1        Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated
           herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1(c) to Amendment No. 1 to the
           Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-48299)
           filed with the Commission on April 23, 1998).

4.2        Restated By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference
           to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
           (File No. 333-48299) filed with the Commission on March 20, 1998).

4.3        Form of Certificate of the Common Stock of the Registrant
           (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1
           to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No.
           333-48299) filed with the Commission on April 23, 1998).

4.4        Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan, amended and
           restated as of January 1, 1998, and further amended by that certain
           First Amendment dated December 3, 1999, and further amended by that
           certain Second Amendment dated December 6, 1999.

4.5        Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan, amended and
           restated as of December 3, 1999.

4.6        Trust Agreement dated August 31, 1998, by and between
           Sauer-Sundstrand Company and Institutional Trust Company, relating to
           the Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan.

4.7        Trust Agreement dated August 31, 1998, by and between
           Sauer-Sundstrand Company and Institutional Trust Company, relating to
           the Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan.

23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

24.1       Power of Attorney (included in Signature Page).

</TABLE>




<PAGE>


                                                            Exhibit 4.4








                                   SAUER-SUNDSTRAND

                                   LASALLE FACTORY

                                EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN














                     (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1998)








<PAGE>



                               SAUER-SUNDSTRAND
                                LASALLE FACTORY
                             EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
                  (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1998)

       WHEREAS, a subsidiary of Sundstrand Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and a subsidiary of Sauer Getriebe AG, an Aktiengesellschaft
organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, formed,
effective January 1, 1987, and in accordance with applicable Delaware law, a
partnership known as Sundstrand-Sauer Company, which company thereupon formed
a Delaware general partnership known as Sundstrand-Sauer; and

       WHEREAS, in order to provide a certain benefit to its employees,
Sundstrand-Sauer established the LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan effective
as of March 1, 1988, which is a profit-sharing plan that includes a qualified
cash or deferred arrangement under which eligible employees may elect to have
the Company make contributions to the trust maintained in connection with the
plan on their behalf (which contributions will be nonforfeitable) or to pay such
amounts directly to them in cash; and

       WHEREAS, said employees are represented by a collective bargaining agent
which is the Union identified in Article I of the Plan; and

       WHEREAS, Sauer-Sundstrand Company, a Delaware corporation and Plan
Administrator herein, is the successor to Sundstrand-Sauer; and

       WHEREAS, Sauer-Sundstrand Company amended and restated the
Sundstrand-Sauer LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan in the
Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan (the "Plan"),
effective October 1, 1995; and

       WHEREAS, Sauer-Sundstrand Company now desires to again amend and restate
the Plan; and


<PAGE>


       WHEREAS, Sauer-Sundstrand Company intends that the Plan shall continue to
comply with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (specifically including Section 401(k)
thereof), and all other applicable governmental laws and regulations;

       NOW, THEREFORE, in compliance with the foregoing and effective as of
January 1, 1998 (and the other dates specified in Section 16.2 of the Plan),
Sauer-Sundstrand Company hereby amends and restates the Plan to provide as
follows:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS



       The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following
meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

       1.1    An "ACCOUNT" shall mean any of the following accounts established
on behalf of a Participant or Employee, all as described in Section 8.1:

              (a)    Employer Contribution Account;

              (b)    Matching Contribution Account;

              (c)    Participant Contribution Account; and

              (d)    Rollover Contribution Account.

       1.2    The "ACT" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended from time to time.  Reference to a section of the Act shall
include such section and any comparable section or sections of any future
legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes such section.

                                       2


<PAGE>


       1.3    An "ACTIVE PARTICIPANT" shall mean any Participant who is actively
employed by the Employer, and any other Participant (i) who is a "party in
interest" with respect to the Plan within the meaning of the Act, and (ii) whose
accounts have not yet been distributed.  In addition, if it is determined by the
Plan Administrator that federal law (including the Code) or regulatory
interpretations thereof require that loans be available, under Article IX of the
Plan, to other beneficiaries or former employees whose Accounts have not yet
been distributed, the term Active Participant shall also include any such
individual.

       1.4    An "AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE" with respect to an Employee shall
mean a leave of absence which is authorized by his Employer in accordance with
any applicable contractual provision for a specific purpose and a specified
period of time and during which such Employee is not on an Employer's payroll
and is not otherwise entitled, directly or indirectly, to payment from the
Employer with respect to such leave of absence.  The authorization of leaves of
absence shall be determined by the Employer on the basis of nondiscriminatory
policies which shall be uniformly and consistently applied.  If an Employee does
not return to employment as soon as reasonably practicable upon expiration of
his Authorized Leave of Absence, his employment with the Employer will be deemed
terminated.

       1.5    The "BENEFICIARY" of a Participant or former Participant shall
mean the person or persons who, under the provisions of Article IV, shall be
entitled to receive a distribution hereunder in the event such Participant or
former Participant dies before his interest shall have been distributed to him
in full.

       1.6    BREAK IN SERVICE.

              (a)    A "BREAK IN SERVICE" shall mean the termination of
                     employment of an Employee, followed by the expiration of an
                     Employment Year in which he

                                       3


<PAGE>


                     accumulates fewer than 501 Hours of Service.  A Break in
                     Service shall not be deemed to have occurred if:

                     (i)    The employment of a terminated Employee is resumed
                            prior to the expiration of an Employment Year in
                            which he accumulates fewer than 501 Hours of
                            Service;

                     (ii)   The Employee is absent with the prior consent of the
                            Employer for a period not exceeding twelve months
                            (which consent shall be granted under uniform rules
                            applied to all Employees on a nondiscriminatory
                            basis) and he returns to active employment with the
                            Employer upon the expiration of the period  of
                            authorized absence; or

                     (iii)  The Employee leaves the Employer for purposes of
                            qualified military service (as defined in Code
                            Section 414(u)(5)) for a period during which his
                            reemployment rights are guaranteed by law and he
                            returns or offers to return to work for the Employer
                            prior to the expiration of his reemployment rights.

              (b)    An Employee who is absent from work with the Employer
                     because of:

                     (i)    The Employee's pregnancy,

                     (ii)   The birth of the Employee's child,

                     (iii)  The placement of a child with the Employee in
                            connection with the Employee's adoption of the
                            child, or

                     (iv)   The Employee's caring for such child immediately
                            following such birth or placement,

                     shall receive credit, solely for purposes of subsection
                     1.6(a), for the Hours of Service provided in subsection
                     1.6(c); provided that the total number of hours credited as
                     Hours of Service under this subsection shall not exceed
                     501.

              (c)    If an Employee is absent from work for any of the reasons
                     set forth in subsection 1.6(b), the Hours of Service that
                     the Employee will be credited with under subsection 1.6(b)
                     are:

                     (i)    The Hours of Service that otherwise would normally
                            have been credited to the Employee but for such
                            absence, or

                                       4


<PAGE>




                     (ii)   Eight Hours of Service per day of such absence, if
                            the Employer is unable to determine the Hours of
                            Service described in paragraph (i) of subsection
                            1.6(c).

              (d)    An Employee who is absent from work for any of the reasons
                     set forth in subsection 1.6(b) shall be credited with Hours
                     of Service under subsection 1.6(b):

                     (i)    Only in the Employment Year in which the absence
                            begins, if the Employee would be prevented from
                            incurring a Break in Service in that Employment Year
                            solely because the period of absence is treated as
                            credited Hours of Service, as provided in
                            subsections 1.6(b) and 1.6(c), or

                     (ii)   In any other case, in the immediately following
                            Employment Year.

              (e)    No credit for Hours of Service will be given pursuant to
                     subsections 1.6(b), 1.6(c), and 1.6(d) unless the Employee
                     furnishes to the Employer such timely information as the
                     Employer may reasonably require to establish:

                     (i)    That the absence from work was for one of the
                            reasons specified in subsection 1.6(b), and

                     (ii)   The number of days for which there was such an
                            absence.

              (f)    No credit for Hours of Service will be given pursuant to
                     subsections 1.6(b), 1.6(c), and 1.6(d) for any purpose of
                     the Plan other than the determination of whether an
                     Employee has incurred a Break in Service pursuant to
                     subsection 1.6(a).

       1.7    The "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time.  Reference to a section of the Code shall include
such section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation
that amends, supplements or supersedes such section.


       1.8    COMPENSATION.

              (a)    The "COMPENSATION" of a Participant for any Plan Year shall
                     mean the dollar value of specific payments made by an
                     Employer to an Employee with respect to such Plan Year for
                     services rendered (including any amounts that are excluded
                     from the Participant's taxable income pursuant to Code
                     Sections 125 and 402(g)(3)), and is limited to the
                     following: (i) base wages paid; (ii) overtime pay; (iii)
                     payments for time not worked

                                       5


<PAGE>



                     pursuant to Employer policies related to the following:
                     vacations, holidays, sick leave, bereavement, military
                     reserve training, jury duty; and (iv) any lump-sum payments
                     made in place of an increase in the base wage rate pursuant
                     to a collective bargaining agreement.

              (b)    Compensation for any period shall not include the
                     following: (i) pay under any incentive pay plan; (ii) shift
                     differential pay; (iii) severance payments; (iv) disability
                     payments; (v) payments under any plan or arrangement which
                     is not generally open to participation by all Employees;
                     (vi) payments under any workers' compensation program or
                     under any unemployment compensation program; (vii) payments
                     made under any employee benefit program or arrangement not
                     otherwise specifically included as compensation; (viii)
                     foreign-earned income; and (ix) gain sharing payments.

              (c)    For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, only
                     the first $160,000 (or such other amount, as may be
                     prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his
                     delegate) of an Employee's Compensation shall be taken into
                     account for any purpose under the Plan.  In determining the
                     Compensation of an Employee for purposes of this
                     limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code
                     shall apply.

       1.9    The "COMPANY" shall mean Sauer-Sundstrand Company, a Delaware
corporation, its successors, and the surviving entity resulting from any merger
or consolidation of Sauer-Sundstrand Company with any other entity.

       1.10   A "DISABILITY" shall mean a physical or mental condition which, in
the judgment of the Company, will prevent the Participant from performing any
work assigned by his Employer.  A determination that a Disability exists and the
date thereof shall be made by the Company in consultation with a physician,
psychiatrist or dentist selected by the Company.  The determination by the
Company of the existence of a Disability shall be made with reference to the
nature of the injury without regard to the period the Participant is absent from
work.

       1.10A  A Participant's "EARLY RETIREMENT DATE" shall mean the last day of
the month in which the Participant has both attained age 55 and completed five
Employment Years.

                                       6


<PAGE>




       1.11   The "EFFECTIVE DATE" of the Plan shall mean March 1, 1988.  Any
amendment or restatement of the Plan shall be effective as of the date appearing
on such amendment or restatement.

       1.12   An "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" shall mean any Employee who is eligible to
participate in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

       1.13   An "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person who is regularly employed by
the Employer in an hourly-paid position, whose customary employment is for 1,000
Hours of Service or more per year, and who is employed at the Employer's factory
located in LaSalle, Illinois, which has a duty to engage in collective
bargaining with the Union; provided, however, that the term shall not include
any person who renders service to the Employer solely as an independent
contractor or Leased Employee.  A Leased Employee shall mean an individual who
performs services for the Employer if:  (1) the services are performed under an
agreement between the Employer and any other person who was otherwise treated as
the individual's employer; (2) the individual performs services for the Employer
on a substantially full-time basis for a year; and (3) the individual's services
are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer.

       The foregoing notwithstanding, any person who is customarily employed by
the Employer for fewer than 1,000 Hours of Service per year shall become an
Employee as of the first day of any Employment Year in which he completes at
least 1,000 Hours of Service.

       1.14   An "EMPLOYER" shall mean the Company and any Related Employer that
adopts the Plan in accordance with Article XIV.

       1.15   An "EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION" shall mean an amount contributed by the
Employer on behalf of a Participant, determined under subsection 5.1(a) and
without regard to any amount by which that Participant elects to reduce his
Compensation under Section 5.2.

                                       7


<PAGE>






       1.16   An "EMPLOYMENT YEAR" shall mean a twelve-consecutive-month period
commencing with an Employee's initial date of hire (or last date of rehire if he
has incurred a Break in Service) on which such Employee first performs service
for the Employer or with any anniversary thereof.  If a Leased Employee is
subsequently employed as an "Employee" by an Employer, the period during which a
Leased Employee performs services for an Employer as a Leased Employee shall be
taken into account for purposes of Sections 2.1 and 2.2.

       1.17   An "ENROLLMENT DATE" shall mean the first day of the first payroll
period after an Employee becomes an Eligible Employee if the Eligible Employee
elects, pursuant to Section 3.2, to participate in Participant Contributions on
that day.  "Enrollment Date" shall also mean the first day of the first payroll
period commencing on or after April 1 and October 1 of each year.

       1.18   A "FUND" shall mean any of the funds in which Plan assets may be
invested, as described in Section 8.2.  Such Funds shall include:

              (a)    The Norwest Stable Return Fund;

              (b)    The Vanguard/Wellington Fund;

              (c)    The Fidelity Equity-Income Fund;

              (d)    The Fidelity Growth Company Fund;

              (e)    The Vanguard International Growth Portfolio; and

              (f)    The Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.

       1.19   A "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" shall mean any Employee described
in Code Section 414(q) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

       1.20   The "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE GROUP" shall mean all Eligible
Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees.

       1.21   An "HOUR OF SERVICE" shall mean:

                                       8


<PAGE>




              (a)    Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to
                     payment for the performance of duties for his Employer; and

              (b)    Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
                     paid by his Employer, or entitled to payment from the
                     Employer, during which no duties are performed by reason of
                     vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
                     disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
                     absence (but not in excess of 501 hours in any continuous
                     period during which no duties are performed).

Each Hour of Service for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages,
is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer shall be included under either
(a) or (b), as may be appropriate.  Hours of Service shall be credited:

              (c)    In the case of Hours of Service referred to in subsection
                     1.21(a), for the computation period in which the duties are
                     performed;

              (d)    In the case of Hours of Service referred to in subsection
                     1.21(b), for the computation period or periods in which the
                     period during which no duties are performed occurs; and

              (e)    In the case of Hours of Service for which back pay is
                     awarded or agreed to by the Employer, for the computation
                     period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains,
                     rather than to the computation period in which the award,
                     agreement or payment is made.

If an Employee is paid for reasons other than the performance of duties,
pursuant to this subsection 1.21:

              (f)    In the case of a payment made or due which is calculated on
                     the basis of units of time, an Employee shall be credited
                     with the number of regularly scheduled working hours
                     included in the units of time on the basis of which the
                     payment is calculated; and

              (g)    An Employee without a regular work schedule shall be
                     credited with eight (8) Hours of Service per day (to a
                     maximum of forty (40) Hours of Service per week) for each
                     day that the Employee is so paid.

Hours of Service shall be calculated in accordance with Department of Labor
Regulations Section 2530.200b-2 or any future legislation or regulation that
amends, supplements or supersedes said

                                       9


<PAGE>




Section.  Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, benefits
and Hours of Service with respect to qualified military service will be provided
in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

       1.22   A "MATCHING CONTRIBUTION" shall mean an amount contributed by the
Employer on behalf of a Participant, determined under subsection 5.1(b) and
based on the amount by which that Participant elects to reduce his Compensation
under Section 5.2.

       1.23   A "NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" shall mean any Employee who is
not a Highly Compensated Employee.

       1.24   The "NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE GROUP" shall mean all Eligible
Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.


       1.25   A Participant's "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" shall mean the last day
of the month in which the Participant attains age 65.

       1.26   A "PARTICIPANT" shall mean any Eligible Employee who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article III;
moreover, such term shall also include a Participant who ceases to be an
Eligible Employee but who continues to participate in the Plan in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.3.  Unless otherwise stated, the Plan's
provisions for Participants shall apply both to Employer Contributions and
Participant Contributions.

       1.27   A "PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION" shall mean the amount of money by
which a Participant has elected to reduce his compensation in accordance with
the provisions of Section 5.2.

       1.28   The "PLAN" shall mean this Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory
Employee Savings Plan, with all amendments and supplements hereafter made.  For
purposes of Code Section 401(a)(27)(B), the Plan is a profit sharing plan.

                                       10


<PAGE>



       1.29   The "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR," which is the administrator for purposes
of the Act and the plan administrator for purposes of the Code, shall mean the
Company.

       1.30   A "PLAN YEAR" shall mean the fiscal year of the Company, which
ends on December 31 of each year; provided, however, that the term shall not
include any fiscal year that ended prior to the Effective Date.

       1.31   A "RELATED EMPLOYER" shall mean any employer that is a member of:

              (a)    A controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
                     Section 414(b)) of which the Company is a member;

              (b)    Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which
                     is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
                     with the Company;

              (c)    An affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section
                     414(m)) which includes the Company; or

              (d)    Any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company
                     pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

       1.32   A "RELATED PLAN" shall mean any other defined contribution plan
(as defined in Code Section 415(k)) maintained by the Company or by any Related
Employer.

       1.33   A "REVALUATION DATE" shall mean each business day of each calendar
year.

       1.34   SERVICE.

              (a)    "Service" shall mean a period of time, measured in whole
                     and partial Employment Years, commencing with the
                     Employment Year in which an Employee is initially employed
                     and ending with the Employment Year in which a Break in
                     Service occurs.  Each period of qualified military service
                     is deemed, upon reemployment, to constitute service with
                     the Employer for purposes of determining the
                     nonforfeitability of the Employee's benefits under the
                     Plan.

              (b)    Without regard to subsection 1.34(a), a Participant's years
                     of Service after he incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks
                     in Service shall be disregarded for purposes of determining
                     whether he had a nonforfeitable interest in his Employer
                     and Matching Contribution Accounts as of the Revaluation
                     Date

                                       11


<PAGE>



                     coincident with the date he incurred the first of such
                     five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.

       1.35   The "SETTLEMENT DATE" shall mean the date upon which a Participant
ceases to be a Participant in the Plan, as provided in Section 12.1.

       1.36   The "TRUST AGREEMENT" shall mean the Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle
Factory Employee Savings Plan Trust Agreement, including any amendments
hereafter made.

       1.37   The "TRUST FUND" shall mean the trust fund established under the
Trust Agreement.

       1.38   The "TRUSTEE" shall mean Investors Fiduciary Trust Company, or the
institution, person or persons so designated by the Company and any successor
trustee, and any co-trustee which at the time shall be designated, qualified and
acting under the Trust Agreement.

       1.39   The "UNION" shall mean the International Union, United Automobile,
Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America, and its Local Union No.
285.


                                      ARTICLE II

                                 EMPLOYEE ELIGIBILITY



       2.1    ELIGIBILITY.  Any Employee shall become an Eligible Employee
immediately upon the commencement of his employment with the Employer, unless
such Employee falls within one of the following categories, in which case he
shall become an Eligible Employee on the date stated in the applicable
paragraph:

              (a)    An Employee on October 27, 1998 who had become an "Eligible
                     Employee" under the terms of the Plan in effect as of
                     September 30, 1998, is an Eligible Employee of the Plan.

              (b)    An Employee who is customarily employed by the Employer on
                     a part-time, temporary or irregular basis for fewer than
                     1,000 Hours of Service

                                       12


<PAGE>



                     per year shall become an Eligible Employee on the date on
                     which he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service in an
                     Employment Year.

              (c)    An Employee hired on or after October 28, 1997 shall become
                     an Eligible Employee of the Plan as of the later of (i) the
                     date of hire or (ii) January 1, 1998 for purposes of this
                     restatement of the Plan.

       2.2    REINSTATEMENT OF AN ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE AFTER TERMINATION.
Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.4 and 3.5, if the active employment
of an Eligible Employee is terminated and such Employee thereafter is
reinstated by an Employer, such Employee shall again be an Eligible Employee
on the date of reinstatement, provided, however, that any prior years of
Service upon re-employment shall be taken into account, unless the Eligible
Employee incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.  If the active
employment of an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee is terminated for
any reason and such Employee is thereafter reemployed by an Employer, he
shall be treated as a new Employee for all purposes of the Plan and shall
become an Eligible Employee in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1.

       2.3    CHANGES IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS.  If an Eligible Employee ceases to
be an Employee, but continues in the employment of (a) an Employer in some other
capacity or (b) a Related Employer, he shall nevertheless continue as an
Eligible Employee and as a Participant until his status as a Participant is
otherwise terminated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan; provided,
however, that such Participant shall not be permitted to make Participant
Contributions or have Employer or Matching Contributions made on the
Participant's behalf at any time during which he is employed in any capacity
other than as an Employee.


                                       13


<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    PARTICIPATION


       3.1    PARTICIPATION IN EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  Eligible
Employees hired on or after October 28, 1997, shall become Participants in
Employer and Matching Contributions under Section 5.1, as of the later to occur
of (i) their date of hire or (ii) January 1,1998.  An Eligible Employee hired
before October 28, 1997, shall become a Participant in Employer and Matching
Contributions under Section 5.1, as of the date he waives his right to accrue
additional benefits under the Factory Pension Plan of Sauer-Sundstrand (LaSalle)
and International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement
Workers of America, and its Local Union No. 285, and instead elects to begin
sharing in Employer and Matching Contributions under this Plan.

       3.2    PARTICIPATION IN PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  Any Eligible Employee
may become a Participant in Participant Contributions under Section 5.2 as of
the first Enrollment Date following the date on which he meets the eligibility
requirements set forth in Article II, or as of any subsequent April 1 or October
1 Enrollment Date.  Any such Participant who wishes to have the Employer make
Participant Contributions to the Plan on his behalf must first file with the
Employer a written election, on the form prescribed by the Company, containing:

              (a)    His authorization for the Employer to make Participant
                     Contributions on his behalf to the Plan, in accordance with
                     the provisions of Section 5.2; and

              (b)    His election as to the investment of his Participant
                     Contributions, in accordance with the provisions of Article
                     VII.

By filing an election form to become a Participant, an Eligible Employee accepts
all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and shall be bound by all provisions
of the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

                                       14


<PAGE>



       3.3    NOTIFICATION OF ENROLLMENT DATE.  On or before the thirtieth
(30th) day preceding each Enrollment Date, the Employer shall cause notice of
such Enrollment Date to be given to the Employees.  For purposes of providing
the notice required under this Section 3.3, the Employer shall give such notice
in a manner determined to be appropriate, including but not  limited to Employee
bulletin board posting.

       3.4    AUTHORIZED LEAVES OF ABSENCE AND LAYOFF OF ONE YEAR OR LESS.  A
Participant who, for a period of one year or less, is on an Authorized Leave of
Absence, or on layoff, shall continue as a Participant during such Authorized
Leave of Absence or layoff, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1;
provided, however, that no Participant Contributions shall be made by such
Participant during such Authorized Leave of Absence or layoff; and provided
further, that his election to become a Participant under Section 3.2 shall be
deemed suspended with respect to the authorization and election required,
respectively, by subsections 3.2(a) and (b). Upon his return to active
employment as an Employee, the suspension of his election to become a
Participant shall terminate, and his Participant Contributions shall be
AUTOMATICALLY resumed in accordance with the terms of such election.

       3.5    AUTHORIZED LEAVES OF ABSENCE IN EXCESS OF ONE YEAR.  A Participant
who, for a period in excess of one year, is on an Authorized Leave of Absence
shall continue as a Participant during such Authorized Leave of Absence,
notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1; provided, however, that no
Participant Contributions shall be made by such Participant during such leave;
and provided, further, that his election to become a Participant under Section
3.2 shall be deemed rescinded with respect to the payroll deduction
authorization and investment election required, respectively, by subsections
3.2(a) and (b).  Upon his return to active employment as

                                       15


<PAGE>



an Employee, such Participant may elect to resume making contributions by
again filing with the Company the written election described in Section 3.2.

       3.6    REEMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING TERMINATION.  If (a) the active employment
of a Participant is terminated for any reason, (b) the Participant ceases to be
a Participant as provided in Section 12.1, and (c) such former Participant is
thereafter reemployed by the Employer, he shall, upon return to active
employment, be treated as an Eligible Employee for all purposes of the Plan.
Such former Participant may elect to become a Participant on any subsequent
Enrollment Date by again filing with the Employer the written election described
in Section 3.2.

       3.7    REEMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING RETURN FROM QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE.  A
Participant returning to Employment from qualified military service (as
described in subsection 1.34(a) shall be permitted to make up any Participant
contributions during the period, beginning with the date  of reemployment and
continuing for a period of five years, or, if less, three times the period of
qualified military service.  Participant contributions under this Section 3.7
shall not exceed the maximum permitted participant contribution limit (under
Code Section 402(g)) that would have been permitted for the year to which the
contribution relates, as if the Participant had continued to be employed by the
Employer.  The Company is required to make any Employer Contributions to which
such Participant would have been entitled, but for the period of qualified
military service.

                                       16


<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                    BENEFICIARIES



       4.1    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

              (a)    Each Participant or former Participant may designate a
                     person or persons or an entity as Beneficiary to whom or to
                     which a distribution shall be made hereunder in the event
                     such Participant or former Participant dies before his
                     interest shall have been distributed to him in full.
                     Successive designations may be made, and the last
                     designation received by the Plan Administrator prior to the
                     death of the Participant or former Participant shall be
                     effective and shall revoke all prior designations.  Any
                     such designation or successive designation shall be made in
                     writing on the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
                     If a designated Beneficiary shall die before the
                     Participant or former Participant, such Beneficiary's
                     interest shall terminate, and, unless otherwise provided in
                     the Participant's or former Participant's designation if
                     the designation included more than one Beneficiary, such
                     interest shall be paid in equal shares to those
                     Beneficiaries, if any, who survive the Participant or
                     former Participant.  A Participant or former Participant
                     shall have the right to revoke the designation of any
                     Beneficiary without the consent of the Beneficiary.  The
                     number of such revocations shall not be limited.

              (b)    The provisions of subsection 4.1(a) and any designation of
                     a Beneficiary thereunder notwithstanding, the Beneficiary
                     of each Participant who is married on the date of his death
                     shall be his spouse, unless, with respect to a designation
                     of Beneficiary other than his spouse, such spouse has
                     consented to such designation by the Participant, prior to
                     the Participant's death, or the Participant establishes to
                     the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such
                     consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse, the
                     spouse cannot be located, or because of such other
                     circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by
                     regulations prescribe.  Any such consent shall be in
                     writing, shall acknowledge the effect of such consent, and
                     shall be witnessed by a representative of the Plan or a
                     notary public.  Moreover, the consent shall be effective
                     only if the Participant's written designation names a
                     specific alternate Beneficiary, including any class of
                     Beneficiaries, or any contingent Beneficiary, which may not
                     be changed without spousal consent.  Any consent by a
                     spouse, or establishment that the consent of a spouse may
                     not be obtained under this subsection 4.1(b), shall be
                     effective only with respect to such spouse.

              (c)    Any amounts under the Plan arising from the payment of
                     benefits under a life insurance contract or contracts as
                     the result of the death of a

                                       17


<PAGE>



                     Participant, a Participant's spouse or a Participant's
                     child(ren) shall be paid as provided in Section 8A.6.

       4.2    BENEFICIARY IN THE ABSENCE OF DESIGNATION.  If a Participant shall
fail to designate a Beneficiary, or if such designation shall for any reason be
illegal or ineffective, or if no designated Beneficiary shall survive the
Participant, the Participant's interest in the Plan shall be distributed:

              (a)    To his surviving spouse;

              (b)    If there is no surviving spouse, to his descendants
                     (including legally adopted children or their descendants),
                     PER STIRPES;

              (c)    If there is neither a surviving spouse nor surviving
                     descendants, to the duly appointed and qualified executor
                     or other personal representative of the Participant, to be
                     distributed in accordance with the Participant's will or
                     applicable intestacy law; or

              (d)    In the event that there shall be no such representative
                     duly appointed and qualified within six (6) months after
                     the date of death of such deceased Participant, then to
                     such persons as, at the date of his death, would be
                     entitled to share in the distribution of such deceased
                     Participant's personal estate under the provisions of the
                     applicable statute then in force governing the descent of
                     intestate property, in the proportions specified in such
                     statute.

       4.3    IDENTIFICATION OF DISTRIBUTEES.  The Plan Administrator may
determine the identity of the distributees and in so doing may act and rely upon
any information it may deem reliable upon reasonable inquiry, and upon any
affidavit, certificate, or other paper believed by it to be genuine, and upon
any evidence believed by it sufficient.

                                       18


<PAGE>




                                      ARTICLE V

                                    CONTRIBUTIONS



       5.1    EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  With respect to each
Participant eligible under Section 3.1 to participate in Employer and Matching
Contributions, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund for each payroll
period during the Plan Year:

              (a)    An amount equal to two percent (2%) of the Compensation
                     earned by such Participant (while a Participant) during
                     such period (herein referred to as an "Employer
                     Contribution"); plus

              (b)    An amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Participant
                     Contribution of each such Participant under Section 5.2,
                     provided that in no event will the amount contributed with
                     respect to any such Participant under this subsection
                     5.1(b) (herein referred to as a "Matching Contribution")
                     exceed two percent (2%) of such Participant's Compensation
                     for such period.  The Matching Contribution shall be made
                     at the rate of 50% for each one percent of the Participant
                     Contribution.

Employer and Matching Contributions shall be subject to the limitations
described in Article VI.

       5.2    PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each Participant may elect to have his
Compensation reduced in the manner described in this Section 5.2, in which event
the Employer shall contribute the amount of that reduction to the Trust Fund as
a Participant Contribution no later than the 15th business day of the month
following the month in which such Contribution would otherwise have been payable
as wages.  In addition to the limitations described in Article VI, Participant
Contributions shall be subject to the following restrictions:

              (a)    MINIMUM REDUCTION.  The minimum reduction for any
                     Participant for any payroll period shall be one percent
                     (1%) of the Participant's Compensation for such payroll
                     period.

              (b)    MAXIMUM REDUCTION.  The maximum reduction for any
                     Participant for any payroll period shall be as follows:

                                       19


<PAGE>



                     (i)    For any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                            Employee, ten percent (10%) of such Participant's
                            Compensation for such payroll period, and

                     (ii)   For any Participant who is a Non-highly Compensated
                            Employee, twenty percent (20%) of such Participant's
                            Compensation for such payroll period.

              (c)    MINIMUM INCREMENTS.  All Compensation reductions under the
                     Plan shall be in multiples of one percent (1%) of a
                     Participant's Compensation, unless the Participant has
                     elected to reduce his Compensation by the maximum amount
                     permitted under Code Section 402(g), in which event a
                     reduction equal to that amount will be permitted.

       5.3    ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ELECTIVE TRANSFERS.

              (a)    ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.  Any Employee who is or may become
                     a Participant and who has received or is entitled to
                     receive a distribution from a qualified retirement plan of
                     a former employer under circumstances meeting the
                     requirements of Code Section 402(c)(4) may contribute all
                     or any portion of such distribution to the Plan as a
                     "Rollover Contribution."  The Plan shall accept a Rollover
                     Contribution only if the Plan Administrator determines in
                     its discretion that the acceptance of such contribution
                     would not threaten the Plan's qualified status under
                     Section 401(a) of the Code.

              (b)    ELECTIVE TRANSFERS.  In its discretion, the Plan
                     Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept a direct
                     transfer of assets from the trustee of a qualified plan
                     sponsored by the former employer of an Employee.  Such
                     transfer must satisfy all of the requirements set forth for
                     an "Elective Transfer" under Question and Answer 3(b) of
                     Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4, including the
                     requirement that such transfer represent the Employee's
                     entire nonforfeitable accrued benefit under the
                     transferring plan.  No such trustee-to-trustee transfer
                     shall be accepted if the amount transferred would remain
                     subject to any of the transferring plan's "section
                     411(d)(6) protected benefits" (as that term is used in said
                     Regulation).

              (c)    ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  The Plan Administrator shall establish a
                     fully vested "Rollover Account" for each Employee electing
                     to make a Rollover Contribution under subsection 5.3(a) or
                     as to whom an Elective Transfer is accepted under
                     subsection 5.3(b).  All such Rollover Contributions and
                     Elective Transfers shall be credited to that Rollover
                     Account, to which investment gains or losses shall then be
                     credited or debited.  If a Rollover Account is established
                     for an Employee who is not otherwise a Plan Participant,
                     that Employee shall be considered a Participant with
                     respect to

                                       20


<PAGE>



                     his Rollover Account, but for no other Plan purpose until
                     he becomes a Participant pursuant to Article III.

              (d)    INVESTMENTS.  Upon receipt of an Employee's Rollover
                     Contribution or Elective Transfer, the Trustee shall
                     immediately deposit such contribution or transfer into the
                     Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Employee in a
                     written election filed with the Plan Administrator;
                     provided that if such contribution or transfer is in a form
                     other than cash, the Trustee, in accordance with
                     instructions from the Plan Administrator, shall first take
                     such action as it determines to be appropriate to convert
                     such contribution or transfer to cash.  The initial
                     investment of an Employee's Rollover Account shall remain
                     in effect unless changed in accordance with the provisions
                     of Section 7.4.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
                     contained herein, an Employee shall not be permitted to
                     direct that any portion of his Rollover Account be used to
                     purchase life insurance.

              (e)    WITHDRAWALS.  An Employee with respect to whom a Rollover
                     Account is maintained may withdraw all or any portion of
                     that Account as soon as administratively feasible after the
                     Employee's delivery to the Plan Administrator of a written
                     request for such withdrawal, on a form acceptable to the
                     Plan Administrator.

              (f)    DISTRIBUTIONS.  The provisions of the Plan relating to
                     distributions upon a Participant's termination of
                     participation in the Plan, or upon the Plan's termination,
                     shall apply to an Employee's Rollover Account.

              (g)    RULES AND PROCEDURES.  The Plan Administrator shall
                     establish rules and procedures to implement the provisions
                     of this Section 5.3, including, without limitation, such
                     procedures as may be appropriate to permit the Plan
                     Administrator to verify the qualified status of the plan of
                     the Employee's former employer and compliance with any
                     applicable provisions of the Code and regulations issued
                     thereunder relating to Rollover Contributions and Elective
                     Transfers.

       5.4    ADMINISTRATION.  The Employer shall pay to the Trustee all
Participant Contributions as soon as such amounts can reasonably be segregated
from the Employer's general assets, but in no event later than the 15th business
day of the month following the month in which such Contribution would otherwise
have been payable as wages.  In no event will the Employer pay to the Trustee
any of its Employer, Matching or Participant Contributions for any calendar

                                       21


<PAGE>




year later than the period of time prescribed by law for the filing of the
Employer's federal income tax return for such year, including any duly granted
extensions thereof.

       5.5    FORM OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  Employer, Matching and Participant
Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee in cash.

       5.6    CHANGES IN PAYROLL DEDUCTION AUTHORIZATION.  A Participant, not
more often than once per calendar quarter, may change the percentage of his
Compensation which is to be contributed to the Plan as a Participant
Contribution by filing an amended payroll deduction authorization with the
Company; provided, that any such change shall be effective as of the first day
of the payroll period following the end of the payroll period in which such
deduction authorization is received by the Company.  Participant Contributions
shall be deducted from the Participant's Compensation in accordance with the
Participant's amended payroll deduction authorization, and such deductions shall
continue until otherwise changed, suspended or terminated in accordance with
applicable provisions of the Plan.  The foregoing limit on the allowable number
of changes notwithstanding, if a Participant at any time elects to borrow money
from the Plan, as provided in Article IX, he shall, in connection with such
borrowing, be allowed to change the percentage of his Compensation which is to
be deducted and paid to the Trustee as his Participant Contribution.

       5.7    SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant who is making
Participant Contributions may suspend all of such Participant Contributions at
any time by filing with the Company an amended payroll deduction authorization
providing for such suspension.  Such suspension shall be effective as of the
first day of the payroll period following the end of the payroll period in which
such deduction authorization is received by the Company and shall remain in
effect until Participant Contributions are resumed, as hereinafter set forth.  A
Participant who

                                       22


<PAGE>



has suspended all of his Participant Contributions in accordance with the
foregoing provisions of this Section 5.7 may resume such Contributions only
as of an April 1 or October 1 Enrollment Date which is after the effective
date of such suspension and only by filing a new payroll deduction authorization
with the Company not later than the Enrollment Date as of which Participant
Contributions are to be resumed. Any new payroll deduction authorization filed
by a Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.7 shall meet the
requirements of Section 5.2.


                                      ARTICLE VI

                             LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

       Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Plan, the following
limitations shall apply to the specified types of Contributions.

       6.1    DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  In no event shall the sum of the
Employer, Matching and Participant Contributions for a Plan Year exceed the
maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer for federal income tax
purposes under Code Section 404 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  All
such Contributions are expressly conditioned on their deductibility.  The
Trustee shall immediately return to the Employer all such Contributions as are
later determined by the Internal Revenue Service not to be deductible for the
Plan Year for which contributed; provided, however, that no such Contribution
shall be returned to the Employer more than one year after the disallowance of
the deduction, unless permitted under the Act and the Code at that time.  The
amount returned under this Section 6.1 shall be equal to the amount of the

                                       23


<PAGE>





disallowed deduction, decreased for any investment losses but not increased for
any investment gains subsequent to the time of the Contribution.

       Any Contribution returned to the Employer under this Section 6.1 shall,
unless otherwise directed by the Internal Revenue Service, be withdrawn from the
following Accounts, in the following order:

              (a)    First, from the Participant and Matching Contribution
                     Accounts, up to an amount equal to the Participant
                     Contributions (and any Matching Contributions attributable
                     to such Participant Contributions) made for the Plan Year;
                     and

              (b)    Second, from the Employer Contribution Account, in the
                     amount of any remaining nondeductible Contributions.

       6.2    MISTAKE OF FACT.  In the case of any Employer, Matching or
Participant Contribution that is made by the Employer due to a good faith
mistake of fact, the Trustee shall return the erroneous portion of the
Contribution to the Employer within one year after the Employer's payment of the
Contribution to the Trust Fund.  The amount returned under this Section 6.2
shall be equal to the amount of the erroneous Contribution, decreased for any
investment losses but not increased for any investment gains subsequent to the
time of the Contribution.  Any such Contribution returned to the Employer under
this Section 6.2 shall be withdrawn from the Account(s) as to which the mistake
related.  Any Participant Contribution returned to the Employer shall
immediately be paid to the affected Participant in cash.

       6.3    LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS.  In no event shall the sum of the
Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts for any Limitation Year exceed the
Maximum Permissible Amount.  If, but for the provisions of this Section 6.3, the
Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts for any Limitation Year would
exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, such Annual Additions shall be reduced to
the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of this Section 6.3.  Any

                                       24


<PAGE>





such reduction shall be made in accordance with the applicable regulations
issued under Code Section 415 (hereafter, the "415 REGULATIONS") and the
remainder of this Section 6.3.

              (a)    ORDER OF REDUCTIONS.  Should it become necessary to reduce
                     the Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts, such
                     reduction shall be accomplished in the following order:

                     (i)    To the extent permitted under the 415 Regulations,
                            any Participant Contributions that would otherwise
                            be allocated to that Participant's Participant
                            Contribution Account shall be returned to the
                            Employer and immediately paid by the Employer to the
                            Participant in cash.

                     (ii)   If any further reduction in Annual Additions is
                            necessary, any Contributions or forfeitures that
                            would otherwise be allocated to the Participant's
                            Accounts shall be reduced.

              (b)    REALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS OR FORFEITURES.  Any portion
                     of the Contributions or forfeitures that are reduced under
                     Paragraph 6.3(a)(ii) shall be reallocated to the Accounts
                     of the other Participants in the same manner as the initial
                     allocation was made.  Such reallocation shall be made as
                     many times as is necessary to reallocate the amount reduced
                     under Paragraph 6.3(a)(ii), but only until the level of
                     Annual Additions to each Participant's Accounts reaches the
                     Maximum Permissible Amount.

              (c)    SUSPENSE ACCOUNT.  If the sum of the Annual Additions for
                     all Participants for the Limitation Year exceeds the sum of
                     the Maximum Permissible Amount for all Participants, the
                     excess shall be held unallocated in a suspense account.  If
                     a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
                     Limitation Year, other than the Limitation Year referred to
                     in to the preceding sentence, all amounts in the suspense
                     account shall be allocated and reallocated to Participants'
                     Accounts, subject to the limitations of this Section 6.3,
                     before any contributions that would constitute Annual
                     Additions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.
                     For this purpose, such allocations and reallocations shall
                     be made in the same manner as forfeitures would be
                     allocated for that Limitation Year.

              (d)    ANNUAL ADDITIONS TO OTHER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS. If a
                     Participant is a participant under any other Defined
                     Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer, the total of
                     the Annual Additions to such Participant's accounts under
                     all such Defined Contribution Plans shall not exceed the
                     Maximum Permissible Amount.  If it is determined that, as a
                     result of the limitation set forth in the preceding
                     sentence, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts
                     under this Plan must be reduced, such reduction shall be
                     accomplished in accordance with the provisions of
                     subsection 6.3(a).

                                       25


<PAGE>


              (e)    COMBINED LIMITATION.  If a Participant is a participant
                     under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer,
                     the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction for a
                     Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 2000 and the
                     Defined Contribution Plan Fraction for that year shall be
                     no greater than one (1.0).  If it is determined that, as a
                     result of the limitation set forth in the preceding
                     sentence, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts
                     under this Plan must be reduced, such reduction shall be
                     accomplished in accordance with the provisions of
                     subsection 6.3(a).

              (f)    DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Section 6.3, each of the
                     following words or phrases shall have the meaning ascribed
                     to it below:

                     (i)    "ANNUAL ADDITIONS" shall mean the total of the
                            following amounts that are allocated to a
                            Participant's Accounts (including any similar
                            amounts allocated under a Related Plan) during any
                            Limitation Year:

                            (A)    Employer Contributions;

                            (B)    Participant Contributions; and

                            (C)    Forfeitures.

                            For this purpose, any excess amounts applied under
                            subsection 6.3(c) to reduce future contributions
                            will be considered Annual Additions for the
                            Limitation Year in which so applied.

                     (ii)   A Participant's "COMPENSATION" shall include that
                            Participant's wages, salaries, fees for professional
                            services, and other amounts received for personal
                            services actually rendered in the course of
                            employment with the Employer (including, but not
                            limited to, commissions paid to salesman,
                            compensation for services on the basis of a
                            percentage of profits, tips, and bonuses); shall
                            include all Compensation actually paid or made
                            available to the Participant for an entire
                            Limitation Year (other than amounts by which a
                            Participant elects to reduce his Compensation
                            pursuant to Section 5.2); and shall NOT include any
                            other items or amounts paid to or for the benefit of
                            the Participant.

                     (iii)  A "DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN" shall mean any Retirement
                            Plan which is not a Defined Contribution Plan.

                     (iv)   The "DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN FRACTION" shall mean, for
                            any Limitation Year, a fraction:

                                       26


<PAGE>




                            (A)    The numerator of which is the projected
                                   annual benefit of the Participant, that is,
                                   the annual benefit to which he would be
                                   entitled under the terms of the Defined
                                   Benefit Plan on the assumptions that he
                                   continues employment until his normal
                                   retirement date, as determined under the
                                   terms of the Defined Benefit Plan, that his
                                   compensation continues at the same rate as in
                                   effect in the calendar year under
                                   consideration until his normal retirement
                                   date, and that all other relevant factors
                                   used to determine benefits under such Defined
                                   Benefit Plan remain constant as of the
                                   current calendar year for future calendar
                                   years, under all Defined Benefit Plans
                                   maintained by the Employer, determined as of
                                   the close of the Limitation Year, and

                            (B)    The denominator of which is the lesser of

                                   (1)    One and one-fourth (1.25) [one (1.0),
                                          in the case of a key employee in
                                          either a top-heavy plan failing to
                                          provide the minimum benefit required
                                          under Code Section 416(h)(2)(A) or a
                                          super top-heavy plan] times the
                                          projected annual benefit of such
                                          Participant under the Defined Benefit
                                          Plans, determined as of the close of
                                          the Limitation Year and as though the
                                          Defined Benefit Plans provided
                                          benefits in the amount of the maximum
                                          dollar limitation allowable under Code
                                          Section 415(b)(1)(A), after taking
                                          into account all applicable
                                          modifications of that dollar
                                          limitation found in the Code, and

                                   (2)    One and four-tenths (1.4) times the
                                          projected annual benefit of such
                                          Participant under the Defined Benefit
                                          Plans, determined as of the close of
                                          the Limitation Year and as though the
                                          Defined Benefit Plans provided
                                          benefits in the amount of the maximum
                                          percentage-of-compensation limitation
                                          allowable under Code Section
                                          415(b)(1)(B), after taking into
                                          account all applicable modifications
                                          of that percentage-of-compensation
                                          limitation found in the Code.

                     (v)    A "DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN" shall mean a
                            Retirement Plan which provides for an individual
                            account for each Participant and for benefits based
                            solely on the amount contributed to the
                            Participant's accounts and any income, expenses,
                            gains and losses, and any

                                       27


<PAGE>



                            forfeitures of accounts of other Participants that
                            may be allocated to such Participant's accounts.

                     (vi)   The "DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN FRACTION" shall mean,
                            for any Limitation Year, a fraction:

                            (A)    The numerator of which is the sum of the
                                   Annual Additions to the Participant's
                                   accounts for all years under all Defined
                                   Contribution Plans maintained by the Employer
                                   in that Limitation Year, and

                            (B)    The denominator of which is the sum  for the
                                   Limitation Year and all prior years of the
                                   lesser of:

                                   (1)    One and one-fourth (1.25) [one (1.0),
                                          in the case of a key employee in
                                          either a top-heavy plan failing to
                                          provide the minimum benefit required
                                          under Code Section 416(h)(2)(A) or a
                                          super top-heavy plan] times the
                                          maximum amount of Annual Additions to
                                          such Participant's accounts under the
                                          Defined Contribution Plans which could
                                          have been made in accordance with the
                                          dollar limitation set forth in Code
                                          Section 415(c)(1)(A), after taking
                                          into account all applicable
                                          modifications of that dollar
                                          limitation found in the Code, and

                                   (2)    One and four-tenths (1.4) times the
                                          maximum amount of Annual Additions to
                                          such Participant's accounts under the
                                          Defined Contribution Plans which could
                                          have been made in accordance with the
                                          percentage-of-compensation limitation
                                          set forth in Code Section
                                          415(c)(1)(B), after taking into
                                          account all applicable modifications
                                          of that percentage-of-compensation
                                          limitation found in the Code.

                     (vii)  The "LIMITATION YEAR" shall mean the
                            twelve-consecutive-month period to be used in
                            determining the Plan's compliance with Code
                            Section 415 and the regulations thereunder, which
                            shall be identical to the Plan Year.

                     (viii) The "MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT" shall mean the
                            lesser of:

                            (A)    $30,000 (or, if greater, 25% of the defined
                                   benefit dollar limitation in effect for the
                                   relevant Limitation Year under Code Section
                                   415(b)(1)(A)); or

                                       28


<PAGE>




                            (B)    25% of a Participant's Compensation (as
                                   defined in Paragraph 6.3(f)(ii)).

                     (ix)   A "RETIREMENT PLAN" shall mean:

                            (A)    Any profit sharing, pension or stock bonus
                                   plan described in Code Section 401(a) and
                                   501(a);

                            (B)    Any annuity plan or annuity contract
                                   described in Code Section 403(a) or 403(b);
                                   and

                            (C)    Any individual retirement account or
                                   individual retirement annuity described in
                                   Code Section 408(a) or 408(b).

       6.4    DOLLAR LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Participant
Contributions made on behalf of a Participant (in combination with all similar
contributions made on behalf of that Participant under all other plans,
contracts, or arrangements of the Employer) during a single calendar year (or
other taxable year of the Participant) shall not exceed $10,000, or such higher
amount as may be specified by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section
402(g).  Any such Participant Contributions in excess of this limitation
(hereafter referred to as "EXCESS DEFERRALS") shall be corrected during either
the same calendar year for which those deferrals were made (as described in
subsection 6.4(a)) or the calendar year following the calendar year for which
those deferrals were made (as described in subsection 6.4(b)).

              (a)    CORRECTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS DURING SAME CALENDAR YEAR.
                     A Participant who has Excess Deferrals during a calendar
                     year may receive a corrective distribution of such Excess
                     Deferrals during that same year.  Such a corrective
                     distribution may be made only if each of the following
                     conditions is satisfied:

                     (i)  The Participant must designate the distribution as
                          an Excess Deferral. The Participant's designation
                          must be in writing, and the Participant must certify
                          or otherwise establish to the satisfaction of the
                          Plan Administrator that the designated amount is an
                          Excess Deferral.  To the extent an Excess Deferral
                          is attributable solely to Participant Contributions
                          under this Plan (and similar contributions

                                       29


<PAGE>




                            under other plans of the Employer), the Participant
                            will be deemed to have made such designation.

                      (ii)  The distribution must be made after the date on
                            which the Plan receives the Excess Deferral.

                     (iii)  The Plan Administrator must designate the
                            distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals.

                     The Plan Administrator shall not be obligated to make a
                     corrective distribution during the same calendar year.  Any
                     Matching Contributions (and the income allocable thereto)
                     that are attributable to distributed Excess Deferrals shall
                     be forfeited (even if otherwise nonforfeitable) and
                     reallocated among the Matching Contribution Accounts of all
                     Participants in Employer Contributions, in the same manner
                     as forfeitures would be allocated to such Accounts for that
                     Plan Year.

              (b)    CORRECTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS DURING FOLLOWING CALENDAR
                     YEAR.  A Participant who has Excess Deferrals during a
                     taxable year, and who has not received a complete
                     corrective distribution of such Excess Deferrals under
                     subsection 6.4(a) during that year, may receive a
                     distribution of any remaining Excess Deferrals during the
                     following calendar year.  Such a corrective distribution
                     may be made only if the Participant notifies the Plan
                     Administrator of this Plan (and the plan administrators of
                     all other plans to which the Excess Deferrals relate) by
                     the March 1 following the close of the calendar year for
                     which the Excess Deferrals were made.  Any such
                     notification must be in writing, and the Participant must
                     certify or otherwise establish to the satisfaction of the
                     Plan Administrator that the designated amount is an Excess
                     Deferral.  To the extent the Excess Deferrals are
                     attributable solely to Participant Contributions under this
                     Plan (and similar contributions under other plans of the
                     Employer) the Participant shall be deemed to have notified
                     the Plan Administrator of such Excess Deferrals.  Upon
                     receiving such timely notice, the Plan Administrator shall
                     distribute, not later than the immediately following April
                     15, the amount of the Excess Deferrals allocated to this
                     Plan by the Participant, together with any income allocable
                     to that Amount.  The Plan Administrator shall allocate
                     income to such distributed Excess Deferrals in the same
                     manner as other income is allocated among Participant
                     Accounts under Article X of the Plan.  Income allocable to
                     the period between the close of the calendar year for which
                     the Excess Deferrals were made and the date of the
                     corrective distribution (the "GAP PERIOD") shall be
                     disregarded for this purpose.  Any Matching Contributions
                     (and any income allocable thereto) that are attributable to
                     distributed Excess Deferrals shall be forfeited (even if
                     otherwise nonforfeitable) and reallocated among the
                     Matching Contribution Accounts of all Participants in
                     Employer

                                       30


<PAGE>


                     Contributions, in the same manner as forfeitures would
                     be allocated to such Accounts for that Plan Year.

       6.5    LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Plan's provisions
for Participant Contributions constitute a cash or deferred arrangement intended
to be qualified under Code Section 401(k).  Accordingly, these Participant
Contributions must satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (the "ADP TEST")
under Code Section 401(k)(3) for each Plan Year.  The ADP Test shall be
conducted in accordance with the following rules:

              (a)    ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST.  Effective beginning on or
                     after January 1, 1997, the Actual Deferral Percentage
                     ("ADP") for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated Employee
                     Group for each Plan Year and the prior year's ADP for the
                     Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan
                     Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                     (i)    The ADP for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated
                            Employee Group for the Plan Year shall not exceed
                            the prior year's ADP for the  Nonhighly Compensated
                            Employee Group for the prior Plan Year multiplied by
                            1.25; or

                     (ii)   The ADP for a Plan Year for the Highly Compensated
                            Employee Group for the Plan Year shall not exceed
                            the prior year's ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                            Employee Group for the prior Plan Year multiplied by
                            2.0, provided that the ADP for the Highly
                            Compensated Employee Group does not exceed the ADP
                            for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group in the
                            prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage
                            points.

              (b)    DETERMINATION OF ADP TEST.  For purposes of determining the
                     precise manner in which the ADP Test is to be conducted,
                     including the definition of "ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE,"
                     the applicable provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3) and the
                     applicable regulations promulgated thereunder are
                     incorporated herein by reference (sometimes referred to as
                     the "401(k) REGULATIONS").  The Plan Administrator shall
                     maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of
                     the ADP Test for each Plan Year.

              (c)    PRELIMINARY ADP TEST.  The Plan Administrator may, from
                     time to time during the course of a Plan Year, make its
                     best estimate as to whether the ADP Test will be satisfied
                     for the year.  In doing so, the Plan Administrator may
                     conduct one or more preliminary ADP Tests based on the
                     projected compensation and contribution level of
                     Participants.  If it

                                       31


<PAGE>




                     appears there will be "EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS" (as defined in
                     the 401(k) Regulations), the Plan Administrator may, in its
                     discretion, limit Participant Contributions in a manner
                     designed to prevent Excess Contributions from being made,
                     or use a combination of methods acceptable under the 401(k)
                     Regulations, in order to provide reasonable assurance that
                     Excess Contributions will be avoided or corrected during
                     the Plan Year.

              (d)    CORRECTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding any
                     other provision of this Plan, if it is determined that
                     Excess Contributions exist for a Plan Year, such Excess
                     Contributions shall be corrected within 2 1/2 months after
                     the end of such Plan Year in order to avoid the imposition
                     of an excise tax that might otherwise apply under Code
                     Section 4979 and, in any event, within 12 months after the
                     close of the Plan Year for which the contributions were
                     made.  The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, use
                     either or both of the following correction methods, as
                     described in the 401(k) Regulations:

                      (i)   Allocation to the Participant Contribution Accounts
                            of the Non-highly Compensated Employee Group of any
                            "Qualified Nonelective Contributions" (as defined in
                            the 401(k) Regulations) made by the Employer, in the
                            Employer's sole discretion; or

                     (ii)   Distribution of Excess Contributions (and any income
                            allocable thereto) to the appropriate Highly
                            Compensated Employees.

              (e)    TREATMENT OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If a Matching
                     Contribution has been made to the Plan with respect to an
                     amount that constitutes an Excess Contribution, then such
                     Matching Contribution (and any income allocable thereto)
                     shall be forfeited (even if otherwise nonforfeitable) and
                     reallocated to the Matching Contribution Accounts of the
                     Non-highly Compensated Employee Group, in the same manner
                     that forfeitures would be allocated to such Accounts for
                     that Plan Year.

              (f)    ALLOCATION OF INCOME.  If Excess Contributions are
                     distributed, any income allocable to the distributed Excess
                     Contributions shall also be distributed.  The Plan
                     Administrator shall allocate income to such distributed
                     Excess Contributions in the same manner as other income is
                     allocated among Participant Accounts under Article X of the
                     Plan.  Income allocable to the period between the close of
                     the Plan Year for which the Excess Contributions were made
                     and the date of the corrective distribution (the "GAP
                     PERIOD") shall be disregarded for this purpose.

       6.6    LIMITATION ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Plan's provisions for
Matching Contributions are subject to the provisions of Code Section 401(m).
Accordingly, these Matching

                                       32


<PAGE>



Contributions must satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (the "ACP
TEST") under Code Section 401(m)(2) for each Plan Year.  The ACP Test shall be
conducted in accordance with the following rules:

              (a)    ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST.  Effective beginning
                     on or after January 1, 1997, for any Plan Year, the Actual
                     Contribution Percentage ("ACP") for the Highly Compensated
                     Employee Group for each Plan Year and the prior year's ACP
                     for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior
                     Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                     (i)    The ACP for Highly Compensated Employee Group for
                            the Plan Year shall not exceed to prior year's ACP
                            for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the
                            prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                     (ii)   The ACP for the Highly Compensated Employee Group
                            for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year's
                            ACP for the  Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group
                            for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided
                            that the ACP for the Highly Compensated Employee
                            Group does not exceed the ACP for the Nonhighly
                            Compensated Employee Group in the prior Plan Year by
                            more than two (2) percentage points.

              (b)    DETERMINATION OF ACP TEST.  For purposes of determining the
                     precise manner in which the ACP Test is to be conducted,
                     including the definition of "ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION
                     PERCENTAGE," the applicable provisions of Code Section
                     401(m) and the applicable regulations promulgated
                     thereunder are incorporated herein by reference (sometimes
                     referred to as the "401(m) REGULATIONS").  The Plan
                     Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to
                     demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP Test for each Plan
                     Year.

              (c)    PRELIMINARY ACP TEST.  The Plan Administrator may, from
                     time to time during the course of a Plan Year, make its
                     best estimate as to whether the ACP Test will be satisfied
                     for the year.  In doing so, the Plan Administrator may
                     conduct one or more preliminary ACP Tests based on the
                     projected compensation and contribution level of
                     Participants.  If it appears there will be "EXCESS
                     AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS" (as defined in the 401(m)
                     Regulations), the Plan Administrator may, in its
                     discretion, limit Matching Contributions in a manner
                     designed to prevent Excess Aggregate Contributions from
                     being made, or use a combination of methods acceptable
                     under the 401(m) Regulations, in order to provide
                     reasonable assurance that Excess Aggregate Contributions
                     will be avoided or be corrected during the Plan Year.

                                       33


<PAGE>


              (d)    CORRECTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.
                     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if it is
                     determined that Excess Aggregate Contributions exist for a
                     Plan Year, such Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
                     corrected within 2 1/2 months after the end of such Plan
                     Year in order to avoid the imposition of an excise tax that
                     might otherwise apply under Code Section 4979 and, in any
                     event, within 12 months after the close of the Plan Year
                     for which the contributions were made.  The Plan
                     Administrator may, in its discretion, use any one or more
                     of the following correction methods, as described in the
                     401(m) Regulations:

                     (i)    Allocation to the Matching Contribution Accounts of
                            the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group of any
                            "QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS" (as defined in
                            the 401(m) Regulations) made by the Employer, in the
                            Employer's sole discretion;

                     (ii)   Distribution of any vested Excess Aggregate
                            Contributions (and any income allocable thereto) to
                            the appropriate Highly Compensated Employees; or

                     (iii)  Forfeiture of any non-vested Excess Aggregate
                            Contributions (and any income allocable thereto)
                            made during the Plan Year on behalf of the Highly
                            Compensated Employee Group.

              (e)    ALLOCATION OF INCOME.  If Excess Aggregate Contributions
                     are distributed, any income allocable to the distributed
                     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall also be distributed.
                     The Plan Administrator shall allocate income to such
                     distributed Excess Contributions in the same manner that
                     other income is allocated among Matching Contribution
                     Accounts under Article X of the Plan.  Income allocable to
                     the period between the close of the Plan Year for which the
                     Excess Aggregate Contributions were made and the date of
                     the corrective distribution (the "GAP PERIOD") shall be
                     disregarded for this purpose.

       6.7    MULTIPLE USE LIMITATION.  The Plan Administrator shall ensure that
multiple use of the "Alternative Limitation" does not occur and, if it does,
that it is corrected in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2.
The term "ALTERNATIVE LIMITATION" has the meaning ascribed to such term under
Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2) and refers to the alternatives for
satisfying the ADP and ACP Tests provided in Paragraphs 6.5(a)(ii) and
6.6(a)(ii), respectively.  If multiple use of the Alternative Limitation occurs,
it shall be corrected by reducing the ACP

                                       34


<PAGE>




of the Highly Compensated Employee Group in the manner described in Regulation
Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2), so that there is no multiple use of the Alternative
Limitation.  Instead of making this reduction, the Plan Administrator may
eliminate multiple use of the Alternative Limitation by allocating Qualified
Nonelective Contributions, if any, in accordance with Regulation Section
1.401(m)-1(b)(5).


                                     ARTICLE VII

                       DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS;
                                 INVESTMENT ELECTIONS


       7.1    DEPOSIT OF EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  Upon receipt of
Employer or Matching Contributions, the Trustee shall deposit within 14 business
days such Contributions in the Norwest Stable Return Fund described in Section
8.2(a).

       7.2    DEPOSIT OF PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  Upon receipt of Participant
Contributions, the Trustee shall deposit within 14 business days such
Contributions in one or more of the Funds specified in Section 8.2, as directed
by the Plan Administrator; provided that the Plan Administrator's directions to
the Trustee shall be based on the investment election of each Participant, made
in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3.

       7.3    INVESTMENT ELECTION FOR PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS AT TIME OF
INITIAL PARTICIPATION.  Each Participant in Participant Contributions shall,
upon electing to become a Participant under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2 and
on a form suitable to the Plan Administrator, make an election as to the manner
in which Participant Contributions made by the Employer on his behalf are to be
invested by the Trustee.  A Participant's investment election shall specify the
percentage

                                      35

<PAGE>


of his Participant Contributions to be invested in one or more of the
Funds described in Section 8.2.

       7.4    CHANGES IN INVESTMENT ELECTION.  A Participant in Participant
Contributions may change his investment election for Participant Contributions
by filing with the Plan Administrator a written election directing a change in
his investment election or by utilizing any other administrative procedures
established by the Plan Administrator.  Any such change shall apply to:

              (a)    Participant Contributions made by the Employer on the
                     Participant's behalf after the date the election becomes
                     effective;

              (b)    All amounts in the Participant's Participant Contribution
                     Account on the date the election becomes effective; and

              (c)    All amounts in the Participant's Rollover Account, if any.

Amounts already invested in the Transamerica Life Insurance Fund may be invested
in another Fund only in connection with a Participant's termination of life
insurance coverage under the Plan.  In no event may a Participant have any
portion of his Rollover Contribution Account or any amount already in his
Participant Contribution Account on the date the election becomes effective (to
the extent not previously used to purchase life insurance) used to purchase life
insurance.

       In no event may a Participant change his investment election more often
than once in any calendar quarter.  A change in an investment election will be
implemented as soon as administratively practicable after it is received by the
Plan Administrator or as soon as the procedure utilized to make the election
permits.

                                       36


<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                  ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS AND PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS


       8.1    ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS.  Under the circumstances described
below, the Plan Administrator shall establish one or more of the following
Accounts in the name of each Participant:

              (a)    In the case of a Participant on whose behalf the Employer
                     makes an Employer Contribution under subsection 5.1(a), an
                     "Employer Contribution Account."  This Account shall
                     reflect the amount attributable to such Employer
                     Contributions made on such Participant's behalf.

              (b)    In the case of a Participant on whose behalf the Employer
                     makes a Matching Contribution under subsection 5.1(b), a
                     "Matching Contribution Account."  This Account shall
                     reflect the amount attributable to such Matching
                     Contributions made on such Participant's behalf.

              (c)    In the case of a Participant who elects any Compensation
                     reduction under Section 5.2, a "Participant Contribution
                     Account."  This Account shall reflect the amount
                     attributable to Participant Contributions made on such
                     Participant's behalf.

              (d)    In the case of a Participant who makes a Rollover
                     Contribution or an Elective Transfer under Section 5.3, a
                     "Rollover Contribution Account."  This Account shall
                     reflect the amount attributable to such Rollover
                     Contributions and Elective Transfers made by such
                     Participant.

       8.2    ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS.  The Trustee, at the direction of the Plan
Administrator, shall establish the following no-load investment Funds under the
Trust Agreement:

              (a)    The Norwest Stable Return Fund;

              (b)    The Vanguard/Wellington Fund;

              (c)    The Fidelity Equity-Income Fund;

              (d)    The Fidelity Growth Company Fund;

              (e)    The Vanguard International Growth Portfolio; and

                                       37


<PAGE>



              (f)    The Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.

       8.3    INCOME ON FUNDS.  Any dividends, interest, distributions, or other
income received by the Trustee with respect to any of the Funds listed in
Section 8.2 shall be reinvested by the Trustee in the Fund in which such income
was received.

       8.4    ACCOUNT STATEMENTS.  The Employer shall prepare and deliver to the
Trustee, on at least a quarterly basis, the following information with respect
to each Participant:

              (a)    The amount of such contribution which represents an
                     Employer Contribution;

              (b)    The amount of such contribution which represents a Matching
                     Contribution;

              (c)    The amount of such contribution which represents a
                     Participant Contribution; and

              (d)    The manner in which such contribution is to be deposited
                     and invested by the Trustee in accordance with the
                     provisions of Article VII.

       8.5    ACCOUNT BALANCES.  For all purposes of the Plan, the balance of
each Account of a Participant as of any date shall be the balance of such
Account after all credits and charges thereto for and as of such date have been
made, as provided in the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

                                       38


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE VIII-A

                                    LIFE INSURANCE

       8A.1   PURCHASE OF POLICIES.  Upon written instructions from the Plan
Administrator, the Trustee shall apply any Participant Contributions designated
by a Participant for investment in the Transamerica Life Insurance Fund toward
the purchase, from a legal reserve life insurance company or companies
authorized to do business in any one of the jurisdictions in which the Employer
employs Participants, of a life insurance policy or policies on the life of such
Participant, on the life of such Participant's spouse, and/or on the life of
such Participant's child(ren), as designated by the Participant.  Any such
policy or policies shall be subject to the provisions of this Article VIII-A.

       8A.2   POLICY TERMS.  Limitations as to coverage, insurability, premium
rates, convertibility and other matters shall be subject to the provisions of
the policy issued by, or the underwriting guidelines of, the insurance company
or companies from which such insurance coverage is purchased.  All such policies
shall designate the Trustee as the sole owner, with exclusive power to exercise
all rights, privileges, options and elections granted or permitted thereunder;
provided, however, that the exercise of such power by the Trustee shall be
subject to the right of the Plan Administrator to direct the Trustee with
respect thereto or to require the Trustee to obtain its approval before
exercising any such power.  All such directions by the Plan Administrator shall
be made on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis.

       8A.3   PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS.  The Trustee, upon written instructions from
the Plan Administrator, shall pay each premium on any policy or policies held
for the benefit of a Participant and shall charge such premium payment to the
Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to
pay any premium, however, unless the Plan Administrator acknowledges in writing
that there are funds available from the interest of such Participant in the
Transamerica Life Insurance Fund to make such payment.

                                       39


<PAGE>


       8A.4   OVERRIDING CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, at no time shall the aggregate of the premiums paid under
the Trust for any ordinary life insurance policy or policies (within the meaning
of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Rulings 54-51 and 61-164) on the life of any
Participant, such Participant's spouse, and such Participant's child(ren) equal
or exceed one-half of the Participant's Participant Contributions, nor at any
time shall the aggregate of the premiums paid under the Trust for any policy or
policies on the life of any Participant, such Participant's spouse, and such
Participant's child(ren) that provide pure life insurance protection equal or
exceed one-fourth of the Participant's Participant Contributions.  In order to
comply with this limitation, the Plan Administrator shall, in writing, direct
the Trustee to take such action with respect to any such policy or policies held
by it, as the Plan Administrator shall deem advisable, including, but not
limited to, conversion to paid-up basis or partial or total surrender of such
policy or policies or any part or parts thereof.  At all times, each such policy
on the life of any Participant, such Participant's spouse, and/or such
Participant's child(ren) shall be owned by the Trustee as part of the
Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.

       8A.5   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY; DEATH BENEFITS.

              (a)    RECEIPT OF POLICY PROCEEDS.  Subject to the provisions of
                     Section 4.2, the Beneficiary shall receive from any life
                     insurance policy purchased under the Plan any and all
                     proceeds paid, excluding any cash value, and the Trustee
                     shall be the beneficiary designated to receive any cash
                     value payable from any life insurance policy or policies
                     purchased under the Plan.

              (b)    DEATH OF PARTICIPANT.  In the event of the death of a
                     Participant on whose life an insurance policy is held under
                     the Trust, the Trustee shall receive the cash value of such
                     policy and shall, as soon as practical thereafter, pay such
                     amount in accordance with the terms of the Beneficiary
                     designation form filed by such Participant with the Plan
                     Administrator pursuant to Section 4.1 or, failing any
                     effective Beneficiary designation, to the Beneficiary
                     determined under Section 4.2.

                                       40


<PAGE>


                     The ownership of any policy held by the Trust on the life
                     of a Participant's spouse and/or child(ren) at the time of
                     the Participant's death shall be assigned by the Trustee to
                     the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated pursuant to
                     Section 4.1 to receive the Participant's interest in the
                     Plan or, failing any effective Beneficiary designation, to
                     the Beneficiary determined under Section 4.2.

              (c)    DEATH OF PARTICIPANT'S SPOUSE OR CHILD.  In the event of
                     the death of a Participant's spouse or child on whose life
                     an insurance policy is held under the Trust, the Trustee
                     shall receive the proceeds of such policy and shall, at the
                     Participant's direction, either (i) invest all of such
                     proceeds, including any cash value and interest accruing
                     since the death of the spouse or child (hereafter,
                     "POST-DEATH INTEREST"), in one or more of the Funds
                     specified in Section 8.2, or (ii) pay all or part of
                     such proceeds, except any cash value and post-death
                     interest, to the Participant and invest such cash value
                     and post-death interest in one or more of the Funds
                     specified in Section 8.2.  In the event the Participant
                     has not provided the Trustee with such direction, the
                     Trustee shall invest all of such proceeds, including any
                     cash value and post-death interest, in the Norwest Stable
                     Return Fund.  By filing a written election with the Plan
                     Administrator, in accordance with the provisions of
                     Section 7.4, a Participant may direct the investment of
                     all or any portion of the policy proceeds retained in the
                     Plan, including any cash value and post-death interest, in
                     one or more of the Funds specified in Section 8.2.
                     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no
                     event may a Participant elect to have such proceeds, or any
                     gains arising therefrom, used to purchase life insurance
                     under the Plan.

                     The provisions of the Plan relating to distributions upon a
                     Participant's termination of participation in the Plan, or
                     upon the Plan's termination, shall apply (to the extent
                     retained in the Plan) to the proceeds from a policy on the
                     life of a Participant's spouse or child(ren) and to all
                     gains and losses arising therefrom.

       8A.6   OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS; VESTING.

              (a)    On the termination of a Participant's employment by the
                     Employer for any reason other than death, the former
                     Participant shall have a vested interest in the cash
                     surrender value, if any, of each policy on his life, the
                     life of his spouse, and/or the life of his child(ren), then
                     held under the Trust Agreement.

              (b)    Distribution of the vested interest of a former Participant
                     determined under subsection 8A.6(a) shall be made in the
                     form of an insurance policy or policies delivered to such
                     former Participant as soon as reasonably practicable;
                     provided, that, at the election of the Participant and upon
                     the

                                       41


<PAGE>




                     Plan Administrator's written instructions to the Trustee,
                     such interest shall be distributed to the former
                     Participant in cash.

              (c)    To implement the provisions of this Article VIII-A, the
                     Plan Administrator, shall, in writing, direct the Trustee
                     to take such action with respect to any policy or policies
                     held hereunder as the Plan Administrator shall deem
                     advisable, including, but not limited to, conversion to a
                     paid-up basis or surrender of the policy or policies or any
                     part or parts thereof.  In no event may any policy or
                     policies, or any portion of the value thereof, be retained
                     in the Trust after a former Participant's Settlement Date,
                     or after any termination of the Plan, for the purpose of
                     continuing the life insurance protection for such former
                     Participant.



                                      ARTICLE IX

                                        LOANS


       9.1    LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.  Subject to the provisions of this Article
IX, an Active Participant may, by filing a written loan application with the
Plan Administrator, borrow money from the Plan which is attributable to (a) his
Participant Contributions, and (b) his Rollover Contributions and Elective
Transfers.  The Plan Administrator, acting in a uniform, nondiscriminatory
manner, shall approve the loan application of an Active Participant if the loan
satisfies the requirements of this Article IX and if the loan complies with such
administrative rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator may adopt in
writing.

       9.2    LIMITATIONS.  The following restrictions, limitations and
requirements shall be observed by the Plan Administrator in approving or denying
any loan application:

              (a)    No more than two loans may be approved with respect to any
                     Active Participant in any Plan Year;

              (b)    No additional loan may be made if, at the time such loan is
                     to be made, the Active Participant applying for such loan
                     has two loans outstanding under the Plan (a loan which is
                     in default shall be considered an outstanding loan);

                                       42


<PAGE>


              (c)    The amount that an Active Participant may borrow is limited
                     to the amount determined under paragraph (i) or (ii) of
                     this subsection 9.2(c), whichever amount is least:


                     (i)    The greater of (A) Fifty percent (50%) of the total
                            vested value of the Active Participant's Participant
                            Contribution and Rollover Accounts, or (B) $10,000;
                            or

                     (ii)   $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of:

                            (A)    The highest outstanding balance of loans from
                                   the Plan to the Active Participant during the
                                   one-year period ending on the day before the
                                   date a new loan is made, over

                            (B)    The outstanding balance of loans from the
                                   Plan to the Active Participant on the date a
                                   new loan is made;

              (d)    Loans may be made only for a period of months, not to
                     exceed 60 months, as elected by the Participant; provided
                     that no loan may be made for a period which would extend
                     beyond the date on which the recipient of the loan ceases
                     to be an Active Participant; and

              (e)    No loan may be made for less than $500.

For purposes of subsection 9.2(c), the value of an Active Participant's Accounts
shall be determined as of the Revaluation Date coincident with the date on which
the Active Participant files his loan application.  In determining the value of
an Active Participant's Accounts, amounts invested in the Transamerica Life
Insurance Fund shall not be taken into consideration.

       9.3   INTEREST RATE.  The interest rate to be paid by an Active
Participant on a new loan shall be the prime lending rate published by the Wall
Street Journal on the business day next preceding the day on which the
application for the loan is received by the Plan Administrator, plus 1 1/2
percentage points.

       9.4   REPAYMENT.  Interest and principal on a loan shall be repaid by an
Active Participant in equal installments through payroll deductions over the
period of the loan, not less

                                       43


<PAGE>




frequently than quarterly.  The foregoing notwithstanding, an Active
Participant may at any time, by a single lump sum, repay in full any loan
outstanding to him (including any interest accrued but unpaid as of such date).

       9.5   DOCUMENTATION.  Each loan must be evidenced by a written loan
agreement, signed by the Active Participant and evidenced by a promissory note,
in which the Active Participant personally guarantees the repayment of the loan
and secures the loan with fifty percent (50%) of his vested interest in the
Plan.  The Active Participant must execute a payroll deduction authorization on
such form as is prescribed by the Plan Administrator, which authorization shall
be irrevocable for the period of the loan.

       9.6   SECURITY; COLLECTION.  Each loan from the Plan to an Active
Participant shall be secured by fifty percent (50%) of the Active Participant's
vested interest in the Plan.  Any of the following events shall constitute a
default of a loan granted pursuant to this Article IX:

              (a)    The loan recipient's ceasing to be an Active Participant;

              (b)    The termination of the Plan;

              (c)    The failure by the recipient of the loan to make any
                     payment required under this Article IX within 30 days of
                     the date such payment is due;

              (d)    The filing for relief, by or against the recipient of the
                     loan, under the United States Bankruptcy Code, which
                     proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days of filing; or

              (e)    The past or future making of a false representation or
                     warranty by the recipient of the loan in connection with
                     any loan or loans to him under the Plan.

If an event of default described in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9.6
occurs with respect to an Active Participant's loan, the loan shall become
immediately due and payable and shall be repaid out of the Active Participant's
interest in the Plan by reducing his Account balances

                                       44


<PAGE>


accordingly.  The foregoing right of set-off shall not be construed as
authorizing the Plan Administrator to defer collection of a loan until the
termination of an Active Participant's employment, but merely provides a method
of ensuring payment by such time.

       If an event of default described in subsection (d) or (e) of this Section
9.6 occurs with respect to an Active Participant's loan, the loan shall be
immediately due and payable and shall be repaid out of the Active Participant's
interest in the Plan by reducing his Account balances accordingly; provided,
however, that the loan shall not be satisfied out of the Active Participant's
interest in the Plan prior to his attainment of age 59 1/2 or entitlement to a
distribution under the terms of the Plan. The foregoing right of set-off shall
not be construed as authorizing the Plan Administrator to defer collection of a
loan until the termination of an Active Participant's employment but merely
provides a method of ensuring payment by such time.

       If an event of default described in subsection (c) of this Section 9.6
occurs with respect to an Active Participant's loan, the loan shall be
immediately due and payable, and, pursuant to Code Section 72(p), a deemed
distribution equal to any unpaid principal and interest shall be reported to the
Internal Revenue Service; provided, however, that the loan shall not be
satisfied out of the Active Participant's interest in the Plan prior to his
attainment of age 59 1/2 or entitlement to a distribution under the terms of the
Plan.

       Nothing in this Section 9.6 shall be construed to relieve a borrower from
his obligation to make timely payments, as required by Section 9.4, Section 9.5
and the written loan agreement.

       9.7   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.  In addition to the limitations contained
in Section 9.2, the Plan Administrator may further limit the amount loaned to
any Active Participant in order to maintain a reserve chargeable against such
Participant's interest in the Plan for income taxes which would have to be
withheld by the Trustee if the loan were to become a deemed distribution

                                       45


<PAGE>



to such Participant under Code Section 72(p).  In the event the loan becomes a
deemed distribution to the Active Participant, any such taxes required to be
withheld by the Trustee (whether or not such a reserve has been created) shall
be charged to and shall reduce such Participant's interest in the Plan, to the
extent possible, and any excess shall be treated as an administrative expense of
the Plan which shall be reimbursed by such Participant.

       9.8   ACCOUNTING.  Upon approving a loan to an Active Participant, the
Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to draw the amount of the loan from
the Funds in which the Participant's Participant Contribution and Rollover
Accounts are invested, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no amount
shall be drawn from the Participant's investment in the Transamerica Life
Insurance Fund, if any.

       An Active Participant's payments of principal and interest on a loan made
under this Article IX shall be reinvested by the Trustee in accordance with the
Active Participant's investment election for his Participant Contribution and
Rollover Accounts then currently in effect; provided, however, that no payments
under this provision shall be invested in the Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.
The Trustee shall make the appropriate credits and charges to the Funds involved
in such payments of principal and interest.

       9.9.   RELATED EMPLOYERS AND PLAN.  For purposes of this Section, all
plans of the Employer or a Related Employer shall be treated as one plan.

                                       46


<PAGE>



                                      ARTICLE X

                                VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS

       10.1   REVALUATION OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST.  As of each Revaluation
Date, the Plan Administrator shall adjust each separate Account of each
Participant, each former Participant, and each Beneficiary to reflect any
increase or decrease in net worth of the Funds since the immediately preceding
Revaluation Date.  Such adjustment shall be done in the following manner:

              (a)    The Trustee shall revalue all of the assets of the Funds at
                     fair market value, provided that the Transamerica Life
                     Insurance Fund shall be valued at the cash value of the
                     life insurance contract(s).  In determining the fair market
                     value, the following rules shall apply:

                     (i)    All transactions involving the purchase or
                            sale of investments, which have been executed
                            but for which settlement has not been made,
                            on or before the Revaluation Date, shall be
                            treated as through settlement had been made.

                     (ii)   Assets which are regularly traded on
                            established markets shall be valued at the
                            last sale price on the Revaluation Date, or,
                            if no sale price is quoted on such
                            Revaluation Date, then at the bid price last
                            quoted on or prior to the close of business
                            on such date.

                     (iii)  All other assets of the Trust Fund shall be
                            valued in accordance with usual valuation
                            practices.

              (b)    The Plan Administrator shall then, on the basis of the
                     valuation provided under subsection 10.1(a) and after
                     making appropriate adjustments for the amount of any
                     contributions, distributions, or withdrawals since the
                     immediately preceding Revaluation Date, ascertain the net
                     increase or decrease in net worth of the Funds attributable
                     to net earnings and all gains and losses, both realized and
                     unrealized, since the immediately preceding Revaluation
                     Date.

              (c)    The Plan Administrator shall then allocate the net increase
                     or decrease in the net worth of the Funds as thus
                     determined among all Participants, former Participants, and
                     Beneficiaries who have an interest in such Funds,
                     separately with respect to each of such Funds, in the ratio
                     that the balance of each separate Account of each such
                     Participant, and of the distribution account of each such
                     former Participant or Beneficiary, on such

                                       47


<PAGE>



                     Revaluation Date bears to the aggregate of the balances of
                     all such Accounts on such Revaluation Date, and shall
                     credit or charge, as the case may be, each such Account
                     with the amount of its allocated share; provided that the
                     interest of each Participant, former Participant, and
                     Beneficiary in the Transamerica Life Insurance Fund shall
                     be equal to the cash value of the life insurance
                     contract(s) held under such Fund for the benefit of such
                     Participant, former Participant, or Beneficiary.

              (d)    Finally, the Plan Administrator shall credit to each
                     Account of each Participant, in accordance with the
                     provisions of Article V, his contributions since the
                     preceding Revaluation Date, shall debit each account of
                     each Participant with the amount of distributions made
                     therefrom since the preceding Revaluation Date, and shall
                     make such other adjustments to each Account of each
                     Participant as are necessary to reflect a Participant's
                     change in investment election with respect to contributions
                     previously credited to the Participant's Accounts, as
                     provided in Section 7.4.

       10.2   INVESTMENT FUND ACCOUNTING.  The Employer or Recordkeeper (as
defined in Section 13.8) shall maintain records for each Participant's Employer
Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account, Participant Contribution
Account and Rollover Contribution Account, if any, that reflect the value of
each Participant's share in the Funds.

       10.3   FINALITY OF DETERMINATIONS.  The Trustee shall have exclusive
responsibility for determining the net income, liabilities and value of the
assets of the Funds.  The Plan Administrator shall have exclusive responsibility
for determining the balance of each Account maintained under the Plan.  The
Trustee's and the Plan Administrator's determinations shall be conclusive upon
the Employer and all Participants, former Participants, and Beneficiaries under
the Plan.

       10.4   NOTIFICATION.  As soon as reasonably possible after the end of
each calendar quarter, the Plan Administrator shall notify each Participant,
former Participant, or Beneficiary of the balance of his separate Accounts as of
the last day of such calendar quarter.

                                       48


<PAGE>



                                      ARTICLE XI

                              WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

       11.1   EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS.  Except as provided
in Section 11.4, a Participant who remains employed by the Employer may not
withdraw any portion of his Employer or Matching Contribution Account.

       11.2   PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  Except as provided in Section
11.4, a Participant who remains employed by the Employer may withdraw amounts
from his Participant Contribution Account only for reasons of financial hardship
(hereafter referred to as a "HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL"), as described in this Section
11.2.

              (a)    FINANCIAL HARDSHIP.  A withdrawal shall be for financial
                     hardship only if it is made on account of an immediate and
                     heavy financial need of the Participant and is necessary to
                     satisfy that financial need.

              (b)    IMMEDIATE AND HEAVY FINANCIAL NEED.  A withdrawal will be
                     considered to be made on account of a Participant's
                     immediate and heavy financial need only if the distribution
                     is for:

                     (i)    Expenses for medical care described in Code Section
                            213(d) either previously incurred by the Participant
                            or his spouse or dependents (as defined in Code
                            Section 152) or necessary for these persons to
                            obtain such medical care;

                     (ii)   Costs directly related to the purchase of a
                            principal residence for the Participant (but not to
                            pay mortgage payments);

                     (iii)  Payment of tuition and related educational fees,
                            including room and board, for the next 12 months of
                            post-secondary education for the Participant or his
                            spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code
                            Section 152); or

                     (iv)   Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the
                            Participant from his principal residence or
                            foreclosure on the mortgage on that principal
                            residence.

                                       49


<PAGE>



              (c)    DISTRIBUTION NECESSARY TO SATISFY HARDSHIP.  A distribution
                     will be treated as necessary to satisfy a Participant's
                     financial need only if:

                     (i)    The distribution is not in excess of the amount
                            required to relieve the immediate and heavy
                            financial need, including any amounts necessary to
                            pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or
                            penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
                            distribution; and

                     (ii)   The Participant cannot relieve that need from other
                            resources reasonably available to him, including any
                            assets of the Participant's spouse and minor
                            children that are reasonably available to him (but
                            excluding property held for the Participant's child
                            under an irrevocable trust or the Uniform Gifts to
                            Minors Act).

              (d)    REPRESENTATIONS BY PARTICIPANT.  Absent actual knowledge to
                     the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall treat a
                     Participant as satisfying the requirements of subsection
                     11.2(c) if the Participant represents, in writing, that his
                     financial need cannot reasonably be relieved through any of
                     the following:

                     (i)    Reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
                            otherwise;

                     (ii)   Liquidation of the Participant's assets;

                     (iii)  Cessation of Participant Contributions;

                     (iv)   Other distributions or nontaxable (at the time of
                            the loan) loans from plans maintained by the
                            Employer or by any other employer; or

                     (v)    Borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable
                            commercial terms in an amount sufficient to satisfy
                            the need.

                     For purposes of this subsection 11.2(d), a need cannot
                     reasonably be relieved by one of the actions listed above
                     if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need.

              (e)    SOURCE OF HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL.  In no event shall a
                     Hardship Withdrawal be permitted with respect to amounts
                     other than the portion of a Participant's Participant
                     Contribution Account consisting of:

                     (i)    Participant Contributions, regardless of when made,

                     (ii)   Qualified Nonelective Contributions, regardless of
                            when made, and

                                       50


<PAGE>




                     (iii)  Income allocable to both Participant and Qualified
                            Nonelective Contributions, to the extent such income
                            was credited to the Participant's Participant
                            Contribution Account as of December 31, 1988.

              (f)    APPLICATION FOR HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL.  A Participant who
                     wishes to receive a Hardship Withdrawal shall submit a
                     written request therefor to the Plan Administrator, on a
                     form acceptable to the Plan Administrator, and in
                     accordance with any rules and procedures established by the
                     Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator, acting in a
                     uniform nondiscriminatory manner, shall approve any
                     Hardship Withdrawal request which meets the requirements
                     described in this Section 11.2, and shall deny all other
                     Hardship Withdrawal requests.  Hardship Withdrawals so
                     approved shall be made as soon as administratively
                     practicable.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.2, an "alternate
payee," as defined in Section 12.7, shall be eligible to make Hardship
Withdrawals in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.2; provided,
however, that the amount available for withdrawal shall be the amount payable to
such alternate payee under Section 12.7.

       11.3   ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  A Participant who remains employed by the
Employer may withdraw all or any portion of his Rollover Account by submitting a
written request therefor to the Plan Administrator, on a form acceptable to the
Plan Administrator.  The withdrawal shall be drawn pro rata from each of the
Funds in which that Account is invested, in accordance with the Participant's
investment election then in effect under Article VII.  The withdrawal shall be
effected as soon as administratively feasible after the Plan Administrator's
receipt of the request form.

       11.4   ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59 1/2 OR DISABILITY.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Article XI, a Participant who remains employed by the Employer
may withdraw all or any portion of his vested Plan benefit upon attaining age
59 1/2 or becoming disabled.  For this purpose, a Participant shall be
"DISABLED" if, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, his condition is

                                       51


<PAGE>



described in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I).  A Participant may make a
withdrawal under this Section 11.4 by submitting a written request therefor to
the Plan Administrator, on a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator, and in
accordance with any rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator.
Any such form shall specify the Account or Accounts from which the withdrawal is
to be made.  The withdrawal shall be drawn pro rata from each of the Funds in
which that Account or those Accounts are invested, in accordance with the
Participant's investment election then in effect under Article VII.

       11.5   FORM OF PAYMENT.  All amounts withdrawn under this Article XI
shall be paid to the Participant in cash by check.


                                     ARTICLE XII

                      DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

       12.1   TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION.  Each Participant shall cease to be
a Participant under the Plan on the date such Participant's employment with the
Employer is terminated for any reason, including layoff (in excess of one year),
Disability, or death.

       12.2   VESTING.

              (a)    The interest of a Participant in his Employer and Matching
                     Contribution Accounts shall vest as follows:

                     (i)    Upon his termination of employment at or after his
                            Normal Retirement Date, one hundred percent (100%),

                     (ii)   Upon his death or Disability, one hundred percent
                            (100%), or

                     (iii)  Upon any other termination of employment, in
                            accordance with the following schedule:

                                          52

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                             -------------------------------------------------
                                years of Service*    Nonforfeitable Percentage*
                             -------------------------------------------------
                             Date Employee is hired              20%
                             -------------------------------------------------
                             <S>                     <C>
                                        1                        40%
                             -------------------------------------------------
                                        2                        60%
                             -------------------------------------------------
                                        3                        80%
                             -------------------------------------------------
                                    4 or more                   100%
                             -------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

              *A Participant's nonforfeitable percentage shall vest as of the
              first day of each year of Service.

              (b)    The interest of a Participant in any Account other than his
                     Employer or Matching Contribution Account shall at all
                     times be one hundred percent (100%) vested and not subject
                     to forfeiture.

              (c)    On the Plan's termination or the Employer's complete
                     discontinuance of contributions, each Participant shall
                     become one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Employer
                     and Matching Contribution Accounts.

       12.3   FORFEITURES.  On the termination of a Participant's employment
with the Employer for any reason other than retirement on or after his 65th
birthday, death, or Disability, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Trustee
in writing of the termination and shall direct the Trustee to make payment of
the Participant's Participant Contribution Account and Rollover Account, if any,
and the vested portion of his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts, if
any, as of the Revaluation Date coincident with his date of termination of
employment, in a method provided under Section 12.4.  The vested portion of a
Participant's Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts shall be determined in
accordance with Section 12.2.  The nonvested portion, if any, of his Employer
and Matching Contribution Accounts shall be retained in such Accounts until a
sufficient period has elapsed to determine whether he will be reemployed before
incurring a one-year Break in Service.  If he is reemployed before incurring a
one-year Break in Service, his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts will
continue to vest.  If he incurs a one-year Break in Service, the non-vested
portion of such Accounts shall be deemed a forfeiture.   If a

                                      53

<PAGE>


Participant is rehired by the Employer after incurring a one-year Break in
Service, but before incurring five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, any
portion of his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts that was forfeited
on his earlier termination of employment shall be restored to him.  Such
restoration shall be effected through forfeitures arising during the year of the
Participant's reemployment and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, additional
Employer Contributions.  After five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the
forfeited amounts shall be used by the Company to off-set administrative
expenses for the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs the fifth consecutive
one-year Break in Service.  On such Participant's subsequent termination of
employment before becoming fully vested in his Employer and Matching
Contribution Accounts, the portion of his Employer and Matching Contribution
Accounts distributable on such subsequent termination of employment shall be
calculated as follows:

              (a)    The amount distributed to the Participant from his Employer
                     and Matching Contribution Accounts on his earlier
                     termination of employment shall be added to his Employer
                     and Matching Contribution Accounts at such time;

              (b)    The amount determined under subsection 12.3(a) shall be
                     multiplied by the Participant's vested percentage as of the
                     date of his subsequent termination of employment, as
                     determined under Section 12.2; and

              (c)    The amount distributed to the Participant on his earlier
                     termination of employment shall be deducted from the
                     product calculated under subsection 12.3(b) to determine
                     the amount distributable on his subsequent termination of
                     employment.

       12.4   DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  On a Participant's
termination of employment with the Employer for any reason described in Code
Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
distribute to that Participant or his Beneficiary the vested portion of the
Participant's Accounts (as determined under Section 12.2), in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 12.4.


                                       54

<PAGE>

              (a)    DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANTS.  On a Participant's
                     termination of employment with the Employer for any reason
                     other than the Participant's death, the Participant may
                     elect to receive the vested portion of his Accounts in
                     either of the following forms:

                     (i)    A single lump sum, payable within a reasonable time
                            after the 120th day following the Plan
                            Administrator's receipt of the Participant's
                            election, or

                     (ii)   A series of installment payments over a fixed period
                            of time that is not less than two (2) years nor more
                            than the joint life expectancy of the Participant
                            and his Beneficiary.  For this purpose, life
                            expectancies shall be determined under Tables V and
                            VI of Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9 (or such
                            other sources as may be required for use under Code
                            Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations promulgated
                            thereunder) and shall not be recalculated in years
                            following the initial determination.  The amount of
                            the first installment payment shall be determined by
                            multiplying the value of the total vested portion of
                            the Participant's Accounts as of the Revaluation
                            Date coincident with the date the installment is
                            payable by a fraction, the numerator of which is one
                            (1) and the denominator of which is the total number
                            of installment payments.  The amount of each
                            subsequent installment payment shall be determined
                            by multiplying the value of the total vested portion
                            of the Participant's Accounts as of the date the
                            installment is payable by a fraction, the numerator
                            of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is
                            the remaining number of installment payments.  Such
                            installment payments shall be made on a quarterly,
                            semi-annual, or annual basis, as elected by the
                            Participant.  The first installment payment shall be
                            made within a reasonable time after the 120th day
                            following the Plan Administrator's receipt of the
                            Participant's election.

              (b)    DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARIES.  On a Participant's
                     termination of employment with the Employer by reason of
                     the Participant's death, the Participant's designated
                     Beneficiary(ies) may elect to receive a distribution of the
                     vested portion of the Participant's Accounts in either of
                     the following forms:

                     (i)    A single lump sum, payable within a reasonable time
                            after the Participant's death, or

                     (ii)   A series of installment payments over a fixed period
                            of time that is not less than two (2) years nor more
                            than five (5) years; provided however, the period of
                            time over which the series of installment payments
                            is paid shall not exceed the Beneficiary's life
                            expectancy.


                                       55

<PAGE>


                            For this purpose, life expectancy shall be
                            determined under Table V of the Treasury Regulation
                            Section 1.72-9 (or such other sources as may be
                            required for use under Code Section 401(a)(9) and
                            the regulations promulgated thereunder) and shall
                            not be recalculated in years following the initial
                            determination.  The amount of the first installment
                            payment shall be determined by multiplying the value
                            of the total vested portion of the Participant's
                            Accounts as of the Revaluation Date coincident with
                            the date the installment is payable by a fraction,
                            the numerator of which is one (1) and the
                            denominator of which is the total number of
                            installment payments.  The amount of each subsequent
                            installment payment shall be determined by
                            multiplying the value of the total vested portion
                            of the Participant's Accounts as of the date the
                            installment is payable by a fraction, the numerator
                            of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is
                            the remaining number of installment payments.  Such
                            installment payments shall be made on a quarterly,
                            semi-annual, or annual basis, as elected by the
                            Beneficiary.  The first such installment payment
                            shall be made within a reasonable time after the
                            Participant's death.

              (c)    LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.  Any lump sum distribution shall be
                     made in cash by check.

              (d)    INSTALLMENT DISTRIBUTIONS.  All installment distributions
                     shall be made in cash by check.  Any Participant (or, in
                     the case of a distribution under Paragraph 12.4(b)(ii), any
                     Participant's Beneficiary) electing to receive an
                     installment distribution may elect to have the vested
                     portion of the Participant's Accounts invested in any one
                     or more of the Funds (other than the Transamerica Life
                     Insurance Fund) after the Participant's Settlement Date;
                     provided, however, that only one such election may be made
                     after such Settlement Date, which election must be made
                     prior to the payment of the first installment.  Installment
                     payments will be drawn pro-rata from the Participant's
                     balances in the Funds.  In the event a Participant or
                     Beneficiary dies before receiving all installment payments
                     to which he would otherwise be entitled, the remaining
                     portion of the Participant's vested Accounts shall be paid
                     in a single lump sum to the Participant's designated
                     Beneficiary(ies) (or, in the case of a distribution being
                     made under Paragraph 12.4(b)(ii), as provided in Section
                     4.2).

              (e)    LIFE INSURANCE FUND.  Notwithstanding the preceding
                     provisions of this Section 12.4, any interest in the
                     Transamerica Life Insurance Fund shall be distributed to a
                     Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the
                     provisions of Sections 8A.5 and 8A.6.


                                       56

<PAGE>


       12.5   DISTRIBUTION OF SMALL AMOUNTS.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the vested portion of a Participant's
Accounts as of the Participant's Settlement Date does not exceed $5,000 (and did
not exceed $5,000 at the time of any prior distribution from such Accounts) that
amount shall be distributed to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single lump
sum, as soon as administratively practicable following that Settlement Date.  If
the vested portion of a Participant's Accounts does exceed $5,000 (or did exceed
$5,000 at the time of any prior distribution from such Accounts) that amount
shall not be distributed prior to the Participant's (or, in the case of a
distribution under subsection 12.4(b), the Participant's Beneficiary's)
attainment of age 70 1/2, and as provided in Section 12.8(c) unless the
Participant or Beneficiary (as the case may be) shall have consented in writing
to an earlier distribution.

       12.6   COMMENCEMENT OF RETIREMENT, DISABILITY AND TERMINATION BENEFIT
DISTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding anything in this Article XII to the contrary
(except the last paragraph of this Section 12.6), if the vested portion of the
Participant's Accounts exceeds $5,000 (or exceeded $5,000 at the time of any
prior distribution), distribution of benefits under Section 12.4(a) shall not
commence within 30 days after the date the Plan Administrator issues to the
Participant the notice required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11(c)
(the "TAX NOTICE").  The Tax Notice shall be distributed no less than 30 days
and no more than 90 days before any distribution would be made.

       The Tax Notice shall explain the tax rules that apply to Plan
distributions and shall notify the Participant of his right to (1) have benefit
payments deferred to a later date, (2) have benefits paid to the Participant,
(3) have benefits paid in a direct rollover described in Article XII-A, or (4)
have benefits split between payment to the Participant and payment in a direct
rollover.


                                       57

<PAGE>


       The Participant shall elect in writing, on a form to be provided by the
Plan Administrator, whether and/or how benefits are to be distributed. No
distribution shall be made unless the Participant consents to such distribution.
Such consent may not be given before the Participant receives the Tax Notice nor
more than 90 days before the distribution would be made.  If the Participant
refuses to consent to such distribution, his Accounts shall be retained in the
Trust Fund.  In that case, distribution shall commence as soon as
administratively feasible after the first to occur of the Participant's (1)
attainment of age 65 and request for a lump-sum distribution of his entire
vested Account balance, (2) election to receive a distribution in accordance
with Section 12.10, (3) attainment of age 70 1/2 or retirement, whichever is
later (subject to Section 12.8(c)), or (4) death (provided the Plan
Administrator has received notice of the Participant's death).

       A distribution that is subject to the Participant's consent may commence
less than 30 days (but not less than 7 days) after the Tax Notice is given to
the Participant, provided that:

              (a)    The Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that
       the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
       receiving the Tax Notice to consider the decision of whether or not to
       elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
       option); and

              (b)    The Participant (or spouse, if applicable), after receiving
       the Tax Notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

       12.7   DISTRIBUTION UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article XII or Section 15.8 to the contrary,
the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to make distribution to an
"alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order" at any time
specified in such order, whether before, at, or after a Participant's "earliest
retirement age" (as all of such terms are defined in Code Section 414(p)),
provided that any such distribution before a Participant's earliest retirement
age shall be subject to the following conditions:


                                       58

<PAGE>


              (a)    The order must either provide for, or permit the Plan
                     Administrator and alternate payee to agree to, such an
                     early distribution;

              (b)    The distribution must constitute a single-sum payment of
                     all Plan benefits to which the alternate payee may become
                     entitled under the terms of the order; and

              (c)    If the order so provides, any such distribution that
                     exceeds $5,000 shall be made only with the alternate
                     payee's written consent.

Unless the context clearly requires a contrary interpretation, any order
providing for a single-sum distribution to an alternate payee as of a
Participant's "earliest retirement age" shall be construed as providing for such
payment to be made on the date which is as soon as administratively practicable
after the Plan Administrator has determined that the order constitutes a
qualified domestic relations order.

       12.8   SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS.  This Section sets forth rules
concerning when distributions may or must begin, and over what period of time
they may or must be made.  Any rules concerning the timing and duration of
benefits found in other provisions of the Plan shall be altered only to the
extent necessary to avoid violating the rules of this Section.  In no event
shall these rules be read to provide any option as to the time, manner, or
duration of benefits in addition to those found in other provisions of the Plan.

              (a)    Unless a Participant (or, in the case of a distribution
                     under subsection 12.4(b), a Participant's Beneficiary)
                     elects otherwise, distribution of the vested portion of a
                     Participant's Accounts shall commence within sixty (60)
                     days after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the
                     latest of:

                     (i)    The Participant's attainment of age 65,

                     (ii)   The tenth anniversary of the Participant's
                            commencement of participation in the Plan, or

                     (iii)  The Participant's termination of employment with the
                            Employer.


                                       59

<PAGE>


              (b)    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no
                     distribution may be made under this Plan, other than to a
                     Participant's spouse, that would result in the actuarial
                     equivalent of a Beneficiary's interest equaling or
                     exceeding 50 percent of the actuarial equivalent of the
                     Participant's full benefit, both equivalents being
                     determined as of the Participant's actual retirement date.
                     All distribution made under this subsection shall be made
                     in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
                     regulations promulgated thereunder, including the minimum
                     distribution incidental benefit rules of Proposed
                     Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.  Any Plan provisions
                     reflecting Section 401(a)(9) shall override any
                     distribution options in the Plan that are inconsistent with
                     Section 401(a)(9).

              (c)    In no event shall distribution with respect to a
                     Participant commence later than April 1 of the calendar
                     year following the calendar year in which the Participant
                     attains age 70 1/2.  Notwithstanding the preceding
                     sentence, in the event a Participant who is not a 5
                     percent owner attains age 70 1/2 on or after
                     December 31, 1998, the Participant's benefit shall
                     commence no later than April 1 of the calendar year
                     following the calendar year in which such Participant
                     attains age 70 1/2 or retires, whichever occurs later.

              (d)    In no event shall distribution with respect to a
                     Participant be made over a period extending beyond the
                     later of:

                     (i)    The life of the Participant or the joint lives of
                            the Participant and the Beneficiary designated by
                            him (if any), or

                     (ii)   The life expectancy of the Participant or the joint
                            life expectancy of the Participant and the
                            Beneficiary designated by him (if any).

              (e)    If a Participant dies after a distribution of his interest
                     in the Plan has begun but before his complete interest has
                     been distributed, the remaining portion shall be
                     distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                     distribution (consistent with (d), above) being used at the
                     time of his death.

              (f)    If a Participant dies before distribution of his interest
                     has begun, distribution of his entire interest shall be
                     completed within five (5) years after his death.  However,
                     if a portion of the Participant's interest is to be paid to
                     a Beneficiary designated by him, that portion may, if the
                     other provisions of this Plan so provide, be distributed
                     over the life or life expectancy of the Beneficiary.  In
                     that case, distribution must begin not later than one year
                     after the date of the Participant's death or such later
                     date as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations
                     prescribe.  If the Beneficiary is the Participant's
                     surviving spouse, and other provisions of the Plan so
                     provide, distribution need not begin until the date on
                     which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2 or
                     retired, whichever is later.  If


                                       60

<PAGE>


                     the surviving Spouse dies before distribution to her
                     begins, then for purposes of the requirements of this and
                     the preceding subsections (concerning the latest date a
                     distribution may begin and the longest period of time over
                     which payments may be made), the surviving spouse shall be
                     treated as if she were a Participant.

       12.9   EFFECT OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR'S DETERMINATION.  In exercising its
authority under this Article XII, the Plan Administrator shall act in such
manner as it shall in good faith determine will most adequately and fairly meet
the needs of each Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be.  No authority
shall be exercised in such manner as to discriminate between any class or group
of Participants.  The Plan Administrator's determination of all questions that
may arise under this Article XII (if made in accordance with the standards
prescribed herein) shall be conclusive upon all persons claiming to have any
interest under the Plan.  In making any determinations hereunder, the Plan
Administrator may rely upon any signed statement that a Participant or
Beneficiary files with it.

       12.10  DISTRIBUTION AFTER EARLY RETIREMENT.  A Participant who retires on
or after his Early Retirement Date and who does not immediately receive the
vested portion of his Accounts in a single lump sum may thereafter elect to
receive all or a portion of his vested Accounts under any of the forms of
distribution specified in subsection 12.4(a).  The number of such elections
shall not be limited; provided, however, that any such election:

              (a)    Shall be made in accordance with Section 12.6;

              (b)    Shall result in either a minimum lump-sum distribution of
       $500 or an installment distribution of the Participant's entire vested
       Account balance; and

              (c)    Shall not apply to any portion of the Participant's
       Accounts held in the Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.


                                       61




<PAGE>
                                     ARTICLE XII-A

                                   DIRECT ROLLOVERS


       12A.1  DIRECT ROLLOVERS.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to
the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
Article, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by
the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution
paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a
direct rollover.  An eligible rollover distribution may not be paid to more than
one eligible retirement plan.

       12A.2  DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article, the following terms
shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

              (a)    An "ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION" is any distribution of
                     all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the
                     distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution
                     does not include:  any distribution that is one of a series
                     of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                     frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
                     expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint
                     life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's
                     designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
                     years or more; any distribution, to the extent such
                     distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); and
                     the portion of any distribution that is not includible in
                     gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion
                     for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
                     securities).

              (b)    An "ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN" is an individual retirement
                     account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual
                     retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an
                     annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a
                     qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that
                     accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.
                     However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution
                     to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
                     individual retirement account or individual retirement
                     annuity.

              (c)    A "DISTRIBUTEE" includes an Employee or former Employee.
                     In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving
                     spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or
                     former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
                     domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section
                     414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the
                     spouse or former spouse.


                                       62

<PAGE>


              (d)    A "DIRECT ROLLOVER" is a payment by the Plan to the
                     eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.



                                     ARTICLE XIII

                                    ADMINISTRATION

       13.1   PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.  Sauer-Sundstrand Company is the Plan
Administrator and has sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan,
including but not limited to the right to interpret and construe the Plan, and
to determine any disputes arising thereunder.  In exercising such powers and
authorities, and in fulfilling such responsibilities, the Plan Administrator
shall exercise good faith, apply standards of uniform application, and refrain
from arbitrary action.  The Plan Administrator hereby designates to those named
in Sections 13.2 through 13.5 certain rights and duties for the general
administration of the Plan, and from time to time may further designate or
change responsibilities under the Plan.

       13.2   RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD.  The Board of Directors of
              Sauer-Sundstrand Company ("the Board"), shall:

              (a)    Adopt the Plan and such amendments thereto as the Board has
                     not delegated to the Committee under Section 13.4; and

              (b)    Appoint the Committee.

The Board shall act through a majority of its members, either by vote at a
meeting or in writing without a meeting.

       13.3   RIGHT AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall have such
rights and duties as are set forth in this Section 13.3.

              (a)    HOLD ASSETS.  The Trustee shall hold the assets of this
                     Plan.


                                       63

<PAGE>


              (b)    TRUST AGREEMENT.  The Plan Administrator will enter into a
                     Trust Agreement with one or more Trustees, and the Trustee
                     will receive contributions made by the Employer pursuant to
                     the Plan and will hold, invest, and distribute the same in
                     accordance with the terms and provisions of each Trust
                     Agreement.  The Plan Administrator will determine the form
                     and terms of such Trust Agreement and may modify such Trust
                     Agreement from time to time to accomplish the purposes of
                     this Plan.

              (c)    RECORDS.  The Trustee will maintain the records of each
                     account and will, at least once during each calendar year,
                     submit to the Committee a report, which shall include a
                     list of the investments comprising the trust fund at the
                     end of the period covered by the report, showing the
                     valuation placed on each item on such list by the Trustee
                     at the end of such period and the total of such valuations,
                     and shall include a statement of purchases, sales and any
                     other investment changes and of income and disbursements
                     since the last report.  Copies of such reports shall be
                     available for inspection at the principal office of the
                     Employer and at such other places as the Committee shall
                     specify.

              (d)    REMOVAL/RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEE.  The Board may remove the
                     Trustee at any time upon the notice required by the terms
                     of the Trust Agreement.  Upon such removal, or upon the
                     resignation of the Trustee, the Board will designate a
                     successor trustee.

       13.4   RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Sauer-Sundstrand Employee
Benefit Committee (the "COMMITTEE") shall have such rights and duties as are set
forth in this Section 13.4.

              (a)    The Committee members shall be appointed by, and shall
                     serve at the pleasure of, the Board.  Vacancies will be
                     filled in the same manner as original appointments.

              (b)    The Committee will hold meetings upon such notice, at such
                     place or places, and at such time or times as it may from
                     time to time determine.  A majority of the members of the
                     Committee at the time in office will constitute a quorum
                     for the transaction of business.

              (c)    The Committee may act at a meeting or in writing without a
                     meeting.  The Committee may adopt such regulations and
                     rules as it deems desirable for the conduct of its affairs,
                     which will be uniformly and consistently applied.  All
                     decisions of the Committee will be made by the vote of the
                     majority, including actions in writing taken without a
                     meeting.


                                       64

<PAGE>


              (d)    No member of the Committee will have any right to vote or
                     decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or solely
                     to any of his rights and benefits under the Plan.

              (e)    The Committee shall have the right to appoint, remove and
                     replace a Trustee or Trustees, investment manager,
                     Recordkeeper, insurance company or companies, or any
                     qualified institution or institutions to act as funding
                     agent with respect to the Plan.

              (f)    The Committee shall set funding and investment policies for
                     the assets of the Plan.

              (g)    The Committee shall appoint the Appeal Review Committee and
                     the Plan Benefit Committee, and shall have the right to
                     appoint others or to employ individuals to assist in the
                     administration of the Plan.

              (h)    The Committee shall take such steps as are considered
                     necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that
                     results from incorrect information received or communicated
                     in good faith or as the consequence of an administrative
                     error.  It shall endeavor to act, whether by general rules
                     or by particular decisions, so as not to discriminate in
                     favor of, or against, any person and so as to treat all
                     persons in similar circumstances uniformly.  The Committee
                     shall correct any defect, reconcile any inconsistency, or
                     supply any omission with respect to this Plan.  All such
                     corrections, reconciliations, and completions of Plan
                     provisions shall be final and binding upon the parties.

              (i)    The Employer specifically intends that the Committee have
                     the greatest permissible discretion to construe the terms
                     of the Plan and to determine all questions concerning
                     eligibility, participation and benefits.  Any such decision
                     made by the Committee shall be binding on the Employer and
                     all Employees, Participants, and Beneficiaries, and is
                     intended to be subject to the most deferential standard of
                     judicial review.  Such standard of review is not to be
                     affected by any real or alleged conflict of interest on the
                     part of the Committee members.

              (j)    The Committee shall adopt all Plan amendments.

       13.5   RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN BENEFIT COMMITTEE.  The Plan Benefit
Committee shall have such rights and duties as are set forth in this Section
13.5.

              (a)    The Plan Benefit Committee shall receive and reply to
                     applications or claims for benefits filed with it by
                     Participants or Beneficiaries in accordance with subsection
                     13.11(a).


                                       65

<PAGE>


              (b)    The Plan Benefit Committee shall issue directions to the
                     Trustee concerning all benefits that are to be paid
                     pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

              (c)    The Plan Benefit Committee shall receive from the Employer
                     and Participants such information as is necessary for
                     proper administration of the Plan.

              (d)    The Plan Benefit Committee shall prepare and distribute, in
                     such form as it determines appropriate, information
                     explaining the Plan.

              (e)    The Plan Benefit Committee shall furnish to the Employer,
                     upon request, such reports with respect to the Plan's
                     administration as are necessary or appropriate.

       13.6   RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE APPEAL REVIEW COMMITTEE.  The Appeal
Review Committee shall have such rights and duties as are stated in subsection
13.11(b).

       13.7   INVESTMENT MANAGER.  The Committee has the authority to appoint an
investment manager to invest all or any of the assets of the Trust.  The
investment manager, or any succeeding investment manager, shall have all the
powers granted to the Trustee with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund, and
the Committee and the Trustee shall be relieved of all liability with respect to
the management and investment of such assets, so long as an investment manager
is retained.  For purposes of this Article 13, the term "investment manager"
shall mean any party that:

              (a)    Is registered as an investment broker under the Investment
                     Advisors Act of 1940, is a bank, or is an insurance company
                     qualified to manage, acquire, and dispose of plan assets
                     under the laws of more than one state;

              (b)    Acknowledges in writing that it is a fiduciary with respect
                     to the Plan; and

              (c)    Is granted the power to manage, acquire or dispose of any
                     asset of the Trust Fund pursuant to this Article 13.

       13.8   RECORDKEEPER.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, appoint
a person to keep records for the Plan (the "Recordkeeper").  The Recordkeeper
shall maintain the Accounts (including Rollover Accounts), allocate earnings,
receive and monitor Participants' investment directions, communicate necessary
information to the Trustee (or, if applicable, to the investment manager) to
facilitate investment of the Trust Fund in accordance with Participants'
directions,


                                       66

<PAGE>



and keep accurate and detailed accounts of all investments, receipts,
disbursements, and other transactions hereunder.  Individual Account
statements shall be provided to the Participants at least quarterly.  In the
event a Recordkeeper is appointed, the Trustee shall be relieved of its
responsibility for these recordkeeping duties imposed on the Recordkeeper and
shall be relieved of liability for those recordkeeping duties, to the extent
permitted under Part 4, Subtitle B, Title I of the Act.

       13.9   INDEMNIFICATION.  Each member of the Board and the forenamed
Committees, and each of the Employer's officers, directors and employees
associated with administration of the Plan, shall be indemnified by the Company
against all costs, expenses and liabilities (other than amounts paid in a
settlement to which the Company does not consent) reasonably incurred by him or
them in connection with any action to which he or they may be a party by reason
of performance of designated duties, except in relation to matters as to which
he or they shall be adjudged in such performance to be personally guilty of
gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The foregoing right to indemnification
shall be in addition to such other rights as these individuals may enjoy as a
matter of law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind.

       13.10  RELIANCE UPON OTHERS.  The Board members, the Trustee, and the
respective Committee members may rely upon the direction, information or actions
of each other to the extent such direction or information is proper under the
Plan and not inconsistent with ERISA.  They may also rely upon all tables,
valuations, certificates and reports made by an accountant, attorney, actuary,
consultant or other person selected or approved by any one of them.  Except as
prohibited by the Act, they will be indemnified in accordance with Section 13.9
with respect to their reliance upon others as stated herein.


                                       67

<PAGE>


       13.11  CLAIMS PROCEDURES.

              (a)    APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS.  At least 60 days before intended
                     commencement of a Plan benefit, each Participant and/or
                     Beneficiary believing himself eligible shall apply for such
                     benefit by completing and filing with the Plan Benefit
                     Committee an application for benefits on a form supplied by
                     the Plan Benefit Committee.  Before the date on which
                     benefit payments are to commence, each such application
                     must be supported by such information and data as the Plan
                     Benefit Committee deems relevant and appropriate.  Evidence
                     of age, marital status (and, in the appropriate instances,
                     health, death, or disability), and location of residence
                     shall be required of all applicants for benefits.

              (b)    APPEALS OF DENIED CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS.  In the event that
                     any claim for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, the
                     Participant or Beneficiary whose claim has been so denied
                     shall be notified of such denial in writing by the Plan
                     Benefit Committee.  The notice advising of the denial shall
                     specify the reason or reasons for denial, make specific
                     reference to pertinent Plan provisions, describe any
                     additional material or information necessary for the
                     claimant to perfect the claim (explaining why such material
                     or information is needed), and advise the Participant or
                     Beneficiary, as the case may be, of the procedure for the
                     appeal of such denial.  All appeals shall be made under the
                     following procedure:

                     (i)    The Participant or Beneficiary whose claim has been
                            denied shall file with the Appeal Review Committee a
                            notice of desire to appeal from the denial.  Such
                            notice shall be filed within ninety (90) days from
                            his receipt of notification by the Plan Benefit
                            Committee of the claim's denial, shall be made in
                            writing, and shall set forth all of the facts upon
                            which the appeal is based.  Appeals not timely filed
                            shall be barred.

                     (ii)   The Appeal Review Committee shall, within thirty
                            (30) days of receipt of the Participant's or
                            Beneficiary's notice of appeal, establish a hearing
                            date on which the Participant or Beneficiary may
                            make an oral presentation to the Appeal Review
                            Committee in support of his appeal.  The Participant
                            or Beneficiary shall be given not less than ten (10)
                            days' notice of the date set for the hearing.

                     (iii)  The Appeal Review Committee shall consider the
                            merits of the claimant's written and oral
                            presentations, the merits of any facts or evidence
                            in support of the denial of benefits, and such other
                            facts and circumstances as the Appeal Review
                            Committee shall deem relevant.  If the claimant
                            elects not to make an oral presentation, such
                            election shall not be deemed adverse to his
                            interest, and the Appeal Review Committee shall
                            proceed as


                                       68

<PAGE>



                            set forth below as though an oral presentation of
                            the contents of the claimant's written presentation
                            had been made.

                     (iv)   The Appeal Review Committee shall render a
                            determination upon the appealed claim, which
                            determination shall be accompanied by a written
                            statement as to the reasons therefor.  The
                            determination so rendered shall be binding upon all
                            parties.


                                     ARTICLE XIV

                              AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

       14.1   AMENDMENT.  Subject to any applicable contractual provision and to
the provisions of Section 14.2, the Board (or its designee) may at any time and
from time to time amend the Plan with the written consent of the Union.
However, amendment to the Plan may be made without Union consent to the extent
such amendment is required by law or related to the administration of the Plan.
All Employers, Employees, Participants, former Participants, Beneficiaries, and
persons claiming any interest under the Plan shall be bound thereby.

       14.2   LIMITATION ON AMENDMENT.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
amendment shall be made to the Plan which would have the effect of:

              (a)    Directly or indirectly divesting the interest of any
                     Participant or former Participant in any amount that he
                     would have received had he terminated his employment with
                     his Employer immediately prior to the effective date of
                     such amendment, or the interest of any Beneficiary as such
                     interest existed immediately prior to the effective date of
                     such amendment;

              (b)    Directly or indirectly affecting the vested interest of a
                     Participant under the Plan, unless the conditions of
                     Section 203(c) of the Act are satisfied; or

              (c)    Causing or effecting impermissible discrimination in favor
                     of Highly Compensated Employees;

provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall restrict the right to
amend the provisions hereof relating to the administration of the Plan.
Moreover, no amendment shall be made


                                       69

<PAGE>



hereunder which would permit any portion of the Trust Fund to be returned to the
Company or an Employer or to be used for or diverted to purposes other than the
exclusive benefit of Participants, former Participants, and Beneficiaries.
Furthermore, no amendment shall be made which would decrease the amount of any
Participant's Accounts.

       14.3   TERMINATION.  The Company reserves the right, by action of the
Board to terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time or to completely
discontinue contributions to the Plan, which termination or discontinuance of
contributions shall become effective at the time specified in such action (the
effective date of such termination or discontinuance shall hereafter be referred
to as the "TERMINATION DATE").

       The Plan shall terminate automatically in the event of the bankruptcy or
insolvency of the Company; if the Company makes a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors; or if the Company is dissolved or liquidated (unless there
is a successor to the business of the Company which adopts the Plan within
ninety (90) days after becoming such successor).  In the event of the merger or
consolidation of the Company or an Employer with or into any other corporation,
or in the event that substantially all of the assets of the Company or an
Employer are transferred to another corporation, the successor corporation
resulting from the consolidation, merger, or transfer of such assets, as the
case may be, shall have the right to adopt and continue the Plan and to succeed
to the position of the Company hereunder.  If, however, the Plan is not so
adopted within ninety (90) days after the effective date of such consolidation,
merger, or transfer of assets, the Plan shall automatically be deemed terminated
as of the effective date of such transaction.  Nothing in this Plan shall
prevent the dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, or merger of the Company or
an Employer, nor shall it prevent the sale or transfer of all or substantially
all of its assets.


                                       70

<PAGE>


       In the event of the termination of the Plan, written notice thereof shall
be given to Employees covered hereunder and to the Trustee.  Upon any such
termination of the Plan, the Trustee and the Plan Administrator shall take the
following actions for the benefit of Participants, former Participants, and
Beneficiaries; provided that, in the event of a partial termination, it shall be
followed only with respect to those Participants, former Participants and
Beneficiaries directly affected:

              (a)    As of the termination date, the Trustee shall revalue the
                     Trust Fund, and the Plan Administrator, taking into account
                     such revaluation, shall adjust all Participant Accounts in
                     the manner provided in Section 10.1.  In determining the
                     net worth of the Trust Fund hereunder, the Trustee shall,
                     unless payment is otherwise provided for by the Plan
                     Administrator, include as a liability such amounts as in
                     its judgment shall be necessary to pay all expenses in
                     connection with the termination of the Trust and the
                     liquidation and distribution of the Trust property, as well
                     as other expenses, whether or not accrued, and shall
                     include as an asset all accrued income.

              (b)    The Trustee, after first being advised by the Plan
                     Administrator in writing as to the value of all of the
                     Participant Accounts, shall thereafter dispose of such
                     Accounts to or for the benefit of such Participants, former
                     Participants, or Beneficiaries, at such times and by such
                     methods as are provided in Article XII.

                                      ARTICLE XV

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

       15.1   PLAN NON-CONTRACTUAL.  Nothing herein contained shall be construed
as a commitment or agreement on the part of any Employee to continue his
employment with the Employer, and nothing herein contained shall be construed as
a commitment on the part of the Employer to continue the employment or the rate
of compensation of any Employee for any


                                       71

<PAGE>




period.  All Employees herein shall remain subject to discharge, layoff, or
disciplinary action to the same extent as if the Plan had never been put into
effect.

       15.2   CLAIMS OF OTHER PERSON.  The provisions of the Plan shall in no
event be construed as giving any Employee or any other person, firm or
corporation, any legal or equitable right as against an Employer or the Company,
its officers, employees or directors, or as against the Trustee, except any such
rights as are specifically provided for in the Plan or are hereafter created in
accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

       15.3   BENEFITS.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer any
right or claim upon any person other than the parties hereto, Participants,
former Participants and Beneficiaries.

       15.4   NO GUARANTEES.  Neither the Plan Administrator, an Employer, nor
the Trustee guarantees the Trust from loss or depreciation, nor the payment of
any amount which may be or become due to any person from the Trust Fund.  No
Participant or other person shall have any recourse against the Plan
Administrator, an Employer, or the Trustee if the Trust Fund is insufficient to
provide Plan benefits in full.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give
any Participant, former Participant, or Beneficiary any interest in a specific
part of the Trust Fund, nor any other interest, except the right to receive
benefits out of the Trust Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and
Trust Agreement.

       15.5   MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF PLAN.  Any merger or consolidation of
the Plan with another plan, or any transfer of Plan assets or liabilities to
another plan, shall be effected in accordance with such regulations, if any, as
may be issued pursuant to Section 208 of the Act, in such a manner that each
Participant in the Plan would receive, if the merged, consolidated or transferee
plan were terminated immediately following such event, a benefit which is equal
to or


                                       72

<PAGE>




greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive if the Plan
had terminated immediately before such event.

       15.6   LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding any of the preceding
provisions of the Plan, none of the Plan Administrator, an Employer, the
Trustee, and each individual acting as an employee or agent of any of them shall
be liable to any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary for any claim,
loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, except when the
same shall have been judicially determined to be due to the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such person.

       15.7   RESTRICTIONS ON ALIENATION.

              (a)    The rights and interest of any Participant, former
                     Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall not be subject
                     in any manner to sale, transfer, encumbrance, assignment,
                     pledge or alienation of any kind; nor may such rights or
                     interest be resorted to, voluntarily or involuntarily, for
                     the satisfaction of the debt of, or other obligations or
                     claims against, such person, including claims for alimony,
                     support, separate maintenance and claims in bankruptcy
                     proceedings.  No such person shall have power in any manner
                     to sell, transfer, encumber, assign, pledge, or alienate
                     his right to receive any distribution hereunder, and any
                     attempt to do so shall be void.

              (b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 15.7(a), if
                     any Participant borrows money from the Plan pursuant to
                     Article IX, the Plan Administrator shall have all rights to
                     collect upon such indebtedness as are granted pursuant to
                     said Article and any agreements or documents executed in
                     connection with such loan.

              (c)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 15.7(a), all
                     or any portion of any Account maintained under the Plan for
                     a Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary shall be
                     subject to and payable in accordance with the applicable
                     requirements of any "qualified domestic relations order,"
                     as that term is defined in Section 414(p) of the Act, and
                     the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to provide
                     for payment from a Participant's, former Participant's, or
                     Beneficiary's Accounts in accordance with such order, the
                     Act, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.  All such
                     payments pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order
                     shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations
                     promulgated by the Plan Administrator respecting the time
                     of payment and the valuation of the Participant's,


                                       73

<PAGE>


                     former Participant's, or Beneficiary's Account or Accounts
                     from which payment is made, including rules and regulations
                     necessary to implement the provisions of Section 12.7
                     hereof.  The balance of any Account that is subject to a
                     qualified domestic relations order shall be reduced by the
                     amount of any payment made pursuant to such order.

              (d)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 15.7(a),
                     special rules may apply, as provided in Code Section
                     401(a)(13)(C), to certain judgments and settlements under
                     which an offset of a Participant's benefit under the Plan
                     is required to be made against an amount that the
                     Participant is ordered or required to pay.  The  judgment,
                     order, decree or settlement agreement must (i) arise under
                     (A) a judgment of conviction for a crime (B) a civil
                     judgment or (C) a settlement agreement between the
                     Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty
                     Corporation and the Participant; and (ii) expressly provide
                     for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or
                     required to be paid to the Plan against the Participant's
                     benefits under the Plan.  Moreover, in a case in which the
                     survivor annuity requirements of Code Section 401(a)(11)
                     apply with respect to a distribution from the Plan, such
                     offset  shall be made as specifically provided for in Code
                     Section 401(a)(13)(C)(iii).


       15.8   PAYMENT TO INCOMPETENT PERSONS.  Every person receiving or
claiming a benefit under this Plan shall be presumed to be mentally competent
and of age until the Plan Administrator receives reliable, written notice that
such person is incompetent or a minor.  Upon receiving such notice, the Plan
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make payments in accordance with the
remainder of this Section 15.8.  Payments otherwise due a minor shall be paid to
any custodial parent of such minor.  Payments otherwise due any other
incompetent person shall be paid to the guardian, conservator, or other legal
representative of such person.  In the event that the Plan Administrator is
unable to locate a parent, guardian, conservator, or other legal representative
of an incompetent person who is otherwise entitled to payment under the Plan,
such payment shall be made to the individual determined by the Plan
Administrator to have assumed financial responsibility for the care of such
person.  Before the initial payment is made to an individual designated in this
Section 15.8, the minor or other legally incompetent person shall be


                                       74

<PAGE>


notified of the Plan Administrator's intent to make such payment to that other
individual. Any payment of a benefit in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 15.8 shall be in complete discharge of any further liability to make
such payment.

       15.9   PRUDENT MAN RULE.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan or the Trust Agreement, the Plan Administrator, the Employer, and the
Trustee shall exercise their powers and discharge their duties under this Plan
and the Trust Agreement for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
Participants, former Participants, and Beneficiaries, and they shall act with
the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances that a prudent
man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the
conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

       15.10  CORRECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  An Employer, in its sole discretion
(but subject to the applicable limitations described in Article VI), may elect
to make special contributions to the Plan in order to correct mistakes made in
distributing or crediting amounts to Participant Accounts.  Any such
contribution shall be credited to Participant Accounts in the fashion specified
by the Employer and not as otherwise provided in the Plan.

       15.11  DUTY TO FURNISH INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTS.

              (a)    Every person with an interest in the Plan or claiming
                     benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Plan
                     Administrator and the Trustee with such documents,
                     evidence, data, or information as the Plan Administrator
                     considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of
                     administering the Plan, and the provisions of the Plan for
                     each person are upon the condition that he will furnish
                     promptly full, true and complete documents, evidence, data
                     and information requested by the Plan Administrator.  The
                     Plan Administrator may postpone payment of benefits until
                     such information and such documents have been furnished.

              (b)    Every person claiming a benefit under the Plan shall give
                     written notice to the Plan Administrator of his or her post
                     office address and each change of post office address.  Any
                     communication, statement or notice addressed to


                                       75

<PAGE>


                     such a person at his or her latest post office address, as
                     filed with the Plan Administrator, will, on deposit in the
                     United States mail with postage prepaid, be binding upon
                     such person for all purposes of the Plan.  If a person
                     fails to give notice of his or her correct address, the
                     Plan Administrator, the Employer, and Plan fiduciaries
                     shall not be obliged to search for, or to ascertain, his
                     or her whereabouts.  If the location of a Participant is
                     not made known to the Plan Administrator within three (3)
                     years after the date as of which distribution of the
                     Participant's Accounts may first be made, distribution may
                     be made as though the Participant had died at the end of
                     the three-year period.  If, within one (1) additional year
                     after such three-year period has elapsed, or within three
                     (3) years after the actual death of a Participant, the Plan
                     Administrator is unable to locate any individual who would
                     receive a distribution under the Plan upon the death of the
                     Participant pursuant to Section 4.2, the balance in the
                     Participant's Accounts shall be deemed a forfeiture and
                     shall be used to reduce the Employer's contributions to the
                     Plan for the Plan Year next following the year in which the
                     forfeiture occurs; provided, however, that in the event the
                     Participant or a Beneficiary makes a valid claim for any
                     amount which has been forfeited, the amounts which have
                     been forfeited shall be reinstated.

       15.12  PRECEDENT.  Except as otherwise specifically provided, no action
taken in accordance with the Plan by the Plan Administrator, an Employer, or the
Trustee shall be construed or relied upon as a precedent for similar action
under similar circumstances.

       15.13  LITIGATION.  In order to protect the Trust Fund against depletion
as a result of litigation, costs incurred by the Trustee in defending any action
arising out of or based on the Plan by a Participant, or any person claiming any
interest through a Participant, shall be charged as far as possible directly
against the Accounts of such Participant, but only if the result of the action
is adverse to such Participant or claimant.

       15.14  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF PARTICIPANTS.  All contributions made
pursuant to the Plan shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the terms
of the Trust Agreement for the exclusive benefit of Participants under the Plan,
including former Participants and Beneficiaries, and shall be applied to provide
benefits under the Plan and to pay expenses of administration of the Plan


                                       76

<PAGE>


and the Trust, to the extent that such expenses are not otherwise paid.  At no
time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to such
Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries shall any part of the Trust
Fund (other than such part as may be required to pay administrative expenses
and taxes) be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive
benefit of such Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, a contribution to the Trust
Fund shall be returned to the Employer (and, if a Participant Contribution,
immediately paid to the Participant) under the following circumstances:

              (a)    If the contribution is not deductible to the Employer, as
                     provided in Section 6.1; or

              (b)    If the contribution is made under a mistake of fact, as
                     provided in Section 6.2.

       15.15  SERVICE OF PROCESS.  The Vice-President, Administration, of
Sauer-Sundstrand Company is hereby designated as agent for the service of
legal process on the Plan.

       15.16  GOVERNING LAW.  The Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be
interpreted, administered and enforced in accordance with the Code and the Act,
and the rights of Participants, former Participants, Beneficiaries, and all
other persons shall be determined in accordance therewith; provided, however,
that, to the extent any state law is applicable, the laws of the State of Iowa
shall apply.

       15.17  TRUST AGREEMENT.  The Trust Agreement and the Trust Fund shall be
deemed to be a part of the Plan, and the provisions of the Trust Agreement are
hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan.

       15.18  PLURALS; MASCULINE TO INCLUDE FEMININE.  Where the context so
indicates, the singular shall include the plural and vice-versa, and the
masculine pronoun shall include the feminine.

                                      77


<PAGE>


       15.19  TITLES.  Titles of articles, sections, and the like are provided
herein for convenience of reference only and are not to serve as a basis for
interpretation or construction of the Plan.

       15.20  REFERENCES.  Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary,
a reference to a Plan or Trust provision, statute, regulation, or document shall
be construed as referring to any subsequently enacted, adopted, or executed
counterpart.

                                     ARTICLE XVI

                             RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATES


       16.1   IN GENERAL.  Except as provided in Section 16.2, the changes made
by the October 1, 1995 Amendment and Restatement of the Plan shall be effective
as of October 1, 1995.

       16.2   EXCEPTIONS.  The changes made to the following Plan provisions by
the October 1, 1995 Amendment and Restatement shall be effective as of the
following dates:

              (a)    EFFECTIVE AUGUST 15, 1995:  revisions to the financial
                     hardship withdrawal provisions which permit hardship
                     withdrawals by alternate payees (Section 11.1).

              (b)    EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1995:  revisions to provisions
                     permitting early retirees to elect distributions at any
                     time between their retirement date and age 70 1/2 (Sections
                     12.4 and 12.8).

              (c)    EFFECTIVE APRIL 1, 1996:  revisions to the Plan's
                     definition of Compensation (Section 1.8), and clarification
                     of the Plan provisions dealing with loans in default
                     (Section 9.6).

       16.3   RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE.  Except as provided in subsection
6.3(d) and 6.5(a), the changes made by this January 1, 1998 Amendment and
Restatement of the Plan shall be effective January 1, 1998.


                                       78

<PAGE>


       16.4   REPEAL OF FIRST AMENDMENT.  The First Amendment to the
Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan January 1, 1994
Restatement, dated October __, 1995, is retroactively repealed as of its
effective date.

                                          SAUER-SUNDSTRAND COMPANY



                                          By:
                                             ---------------------------------

                                          Its:
                                             ---------------------------------

Executed at Ames, Iowa
this_____day of_______________, 1998.



                                       79


<PAGE>

                                  SAUER-SUNDSTRAND
                                  LASALLE FACTORY
                               EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
                    (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1998)


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                <C>
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
       1.1    An "Account" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
       1.2    The "Act". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
       1.3    An "Active Participant". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
       1.4    An "Authorized Leave of Absence" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
       1.5    The "Beneficiary". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
       1.6    Break in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
       1.7    The "Code" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
       1.9    The "Company". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
       1.10   A "Disability" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
       1.10A  A Participant's "Early Retirement Date". . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6
       1.11   The "Effective Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
       1.12   An "Eligible Employee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
       1.13   An "Employee". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
       1.14   An "Employer". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
       1.15   An "Employer Contribution" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
       1.16   An "Employment Year" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
       1.17   An "Enrollment Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
       1.18   A "Fund" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
       1.19   A "Highly Compensated Employee". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
       1.20   The "Highly Compensated Employee Group". . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
       1.21   An "Hour of Service" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
       1.22   A "Matching Contribution". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.23   A "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.24   The "Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.25   A Participant's "Normal Retirement Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.26   A "Participant". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.27   A "Participant Contribution" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.28   The "Plan" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.29   The "Plan Administrator,". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
       1.30   A "Plan Year". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       1.31   A "Related Employer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       1.32   A "Related Plan" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       1.33   A "Revaluation Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       1.34   Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
       1.35   The "Settlement Date". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       1.36   The "Trust Agreement". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

</TABLE>

                                              i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
       1.37   The "Trust Fund" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       1.38   The "Trustee". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       1.39   The "Union". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ARTICLE II EMPLOYEE ELIGIBILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       2.1    Eligibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
       2.2    Reinstatement of an Eligible Employee After Termination. . . . . . . 13
       2.3    Changes in Employment Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

ARTICLE III PARTICIPATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
       3.1    Participation in Employer and Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . 13
       3.2    Participation in Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
       3.3    Notification of Enrollment Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
       3.4    Authorized Leaves of Absence and Layoff of One Year or Less. . . . . 15
       3.5    Authorized Leaves of Absence in Excess of One Year . . . . . . . . . 15
       3.6    Reemployment Following Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ARTICLE IV BENEFICIARIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
       4.1    Designation of Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
       4.2    Beneficiary in the Absence of Designation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
       4.3    Identification of Distributees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE V CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
       5.1    Employer and Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
       5.2    Participant Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
              (a)    Minimum Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
              (b)    Maximum Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
              (c)    Minimum Increments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
       5.3    Rollover Contributions and Elective Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . 19
              (a)    Rollover Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
              (b)    Elective Transfers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
              (c)    Rollover Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
              (d)    Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
              (e)    Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
              (f)    Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
              (g)    Rules and Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
       5.4    Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       5.5    Form of Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       5.6    Changes in Payroll Deduction Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
       5.7    Suspension of Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

ARTICLE VI LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
       6.1    Deductibility of Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
       6.2    Mistake of Fact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
       6.3    Limitation on Annual Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23


</TABLE>

                                              ii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
              (a)    Order of Reductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
              (b)    Reallocation of Contributions or Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . 24
              (c)    Suspense Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
              (d)    Annual Additions to Other Defined Contribution Plans. . . . . 24
              (e)    Combined Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
              (f)    Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
       6.4    Dollar Limitation on Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . 28
              (a)    Correction of Excess Deferrals During Same Calendar Year. . . 28
              (b)    Correction of Excess Deferrals During Following Calendar
                     Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
       6.5    Limitation on Participant Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
              (a)    Actual Deferral Percentage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
              (b)    Determination of ADP Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
              (c)    Preliminary ADP Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
              (d)    Correction of Excess Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
              (e)    Treatment of Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
              (f)    Allocation of Income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
       6.6    Limitation on Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
              (a)    Actual Contribution Percentage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
              (b)    Determination of ACP Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
              (c)    Preliminary ACP Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
              (d)    Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions. . . . . . . . . 32
              (e)    Allocation of Income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
       6.7    Multiple Use Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

ARTICLE VII DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS; INVESTMENT ELECTIONS. . . . . 34
       7.1    Deposit of Employer and Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . 34
       7.2    Deposit of Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
       7.3    Investment Election for Participant Contributions at Time of
              Initial Participation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
       7.4    Changes in Investment Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

ARTICLE VIII ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS AND PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . 35
       8.1    Establishment of Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
       8.2    Establishment of Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
       8.3    Income on Funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
       8.4    Account Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
       8.5    Account Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

ARTICLE VIII-A LIFE INSURANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
       8A.1   Purchase of Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
       8A.2   Policy Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
       8A.3   Payment of Premiums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
       8A.4   Overriding Conditions and Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
       8A.5   Designation of Beneficiary; Death Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38


</TABLE>

                                              iii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
              (a)    Receipt of Policy Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
              (b)    Death of Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
              (c)    Death of Participant's Spouse or Child. . . . . . . . . . . . 39
       8A.6   Other Distributions; Vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

ARTICLE IX LOANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
       9.1    Loans to Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
       9.2    Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
       9.3    Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
       9.4    Repayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
       9.5    Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
       9.6    Security; Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
       9.7    Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
       9.8    Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

ARTICLE X VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
       10.1   Revaluation of Participant's Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
       10.2   Investment Fund Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
       10.3   Finality of Determinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
       10.4   Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

ARTICLE XI WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
       11.1   Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
       11.2   Participant Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
              (a)    Financial Hardship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
              (b)    Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
              (c)    Distribution Necessary to Satisfy Hardship. . . . . . . . . . 48
              (d)    Representations by Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
              (e)    Source of Hardship Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
              (f)    Application for Hardship Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
       11.3   Rollover Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
       11.4   Attainment of Age 59 1/2 or Disability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
       11.5   Form of Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

ARTICLE XII DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
       12.1   Termination of Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
       12.2   Vesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
       12.3   Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
       12.4   Distribution on Termination of Employment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
              (a)    Distribution to Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
              (b)    Distribution to Beneficiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
              (c)    Lump Sum Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
              (d)    Installment Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
              (e)    Life Insurance Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
       12.5   Distribution of Small Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54


</TABLE>

                                              iv

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
       12.6   Commencement of Retirement, Disability and Termination Benefit
              Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
       12.7   Distribution Under Qualified Domestic Relations Order. . . . . . . . 56
       12.8   Special Distribution Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
       12.9   Effect of Plan Administrator's Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
       12.10  Distribution After Early Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

ARTICLE XII-A DIRECT ROLLOVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
       12A.1  Direct Rollovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
       12A.2  Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
              (a)    An "eligible rollover distribution" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
              (b)    An "eligible retirement plan" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
              (c)    A "distributee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
              (d)    A "direct rollover" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

ARTICLE XIII ADMINISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
       13.1   Plan Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
       13.2   Rights and Duties of the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
       13.3   Right and Duties of the Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
              (a)    Hold Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
              (b)    Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
              (c)    Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
              (d)    Removal/Resignation of Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
       13.4   Rights and Duties of the Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
       13.5   Rights and Duties of the Plan Benefit Committee. . . . . . . . . . . 63
       13.6   Rights and Duties of the Appeal Review Committee . . . . . . . . . . 64
       13.7   Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
       13.8   Recordkeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
       13.9   Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
       13.10  Reliance Upon Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
       13.11  Claims Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

ARTICLE XIV AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
       14.1   Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
       14.2   Limitation on Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
       14.3   Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
       15.1   Plan Non-Contractual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
       15.2   Claims of Other Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
       15.3   Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
       15.4   No Guarantees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
       15.5   Merger or Consolidation of Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
       15.6   Limitations on Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
       15.7   Restrictions on Alienation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

</TABLE>

                                              v

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
       15.8   Payment to Incompetent Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
       15.9   Prudent Man Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
       15.10  Corrective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
       15.11  Duty to Furnish Information and Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
       15.12  Precedent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
       15.13  Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
       15.14  Exclusive Benefit of Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
       15.15  Service of Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
       15.16  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
       15.17  Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
       15.18  Plurals; Masculine to Include Feminine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
       15.19  Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
       15.20  References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

ARTICLE XVI RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
       16.1   In General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
       16.2   Exceptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
              (a)    Effective August 15, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
              (b)    Effective January 1, 1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
              (c)    Effective April 1, 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
       16.3   Restatement Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
       16.4   Repeal of First Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

                                             vi

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

                                  FIRST AMENDMENT
                         SAUER-SUNDSTRAND LASALLE FACTORY
                               EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
                  (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1998)

       WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory
Employee Savings Plan (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1998) (the
"Plan"); and

       WHEREAS, further amendment of the Plan is now deemed desirable;

       NOW THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED, that pursuant to the amending power
reserved to this Company by Section 14.1 of the Plan, the Plan be, and it hereby
is, further amended, effective as of September 1, 1998, in the following
particulars:

       1.     By substituting the following for Section 1.17 of the Plan:

              "1.17  An 'ENROLLMENT DATE' shall mean the first day that
       an Employee becomes an Eligible Employee if the Eligible Employee
       elects, pursuant to Section 3.2, to participate in Participant
       Contributions on that day."

       2.     By substituting the following for Section 1.18 of the Plan:

              "1.18  A 'FUND' shall mean any of the funds in which Plan
       assets may be invested, or described in Section 8.2.  Such Funds
       shall include:

              (a)    IRT Stable Value Fund
              (b)    INVESCO Select Income Fund
              (c)    INVESCO Total Return Fund
              (d)    Fidelity Equity Income Fund
              (e)    IRT 500 Index Fund
              (f)    AIM Blue Chip Fund
              (g)    INVESCO Small Company Value Fund
              (h)    IRT International Equity Fund
              (i)    The Transamerica Life Insurance Fund."

       3.     By substituting the following for Section 1.38 of the Plan:

              "1.38  The 'TRUSTEE' shall mean the Institutional Trust
       Company, or the institution, person or persons so designated by
       the Company and any successor trustee, and any co-trustee which at
       the time shall be designated, qualified and acting under the Trust
       Agreement."

                                      1

<PAGE>

       4.     By substituting the following for the first sentence of
Section 3.2:

              "Any Eligible Employee may become a Participant in
       Participant Contributions under Section 5.2 as of the date such
       Eligible Employee is hired."

       5.     By substituting the following for paragraph (ii) of
subsection 5.2(b)

              "(ii)  For any Participant who is a Non-highly Compensated
       Employee, twenty-one percent (21%) of such Participant's
       Compensation for such payroll period."

       6.     By substituting the following for the first sentence of
Section 5.6:

              "A Participant may change the percentage of his
       Compensation which is to be contributed to the Plan as a
       Participant Contribution once per pay period by filing an amended
       payroll deduction authorization with the Company; provided, that
       any such change shall be effective as of the first day of the
       payroll period following the end of the payroll period in which
       such deduction authorization is received by the Company."

       7.     By substituting the following for the third sentence of
Section 5.7 of the Plan:

              "A Participant who has suspended all of his Participant
       Contributions in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
       Section 5.7 may resume such Contributions only by filing a new
       payroll deduction authorization with the Company not later than
       the date as of which Participant Contributions are to be resumed."

       8.     By substituting the following for Section 7.1 of the Plan:

              "7.1   DEPOSIT OF EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
       Upon receipt of Employer or Matching Contributions, the Trustee
       shall deposit within 14 business days such Contributions in
       accordance with the investment election of each Participant with
       respect to such Participant's Participant Contributions.  If no
       such election is received by the Trustee, such Contributions shall
       be invested in the INVESCO Total Return Fund."

       9.      By substituting the following for the first sentence of the last
paragraph of Section 7.4 of the Plan:

               "A Participant may change his investment elections daily."


                                 2

<PAGE>

       10.    By substituting the following for Section 8.2 of the Plan:

              "8.2   ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS.  The Trustee, at the
       direction of the Plan Administrator, shall establish the following
       no-load investment Funds under the Trust Agreement:
              (a)    IRT Stable Value Fund;
              (b)    INVESCO Select Income Fund;
              (c)    INVESCO Total Return Fund;
              (d)    Fidelity Equity Income Fund;
              (e)    IRT 500 Index Fund;
              (f)    AIM Blue Chip Fund;
              (g)    INVESCO Small Company Value Fund; and
              (h)    IRAT International Equity Fund
              (i)    The Transamerica Life Insurance Fund."


Dated this 3rd day of December, 1999.



                                   Ronald C. Hanson


                                   3

<PAGE>


                                  SECOND AMENDMENT
                         SAUER-SUNDSTRAND LASALLE FACTORY
                               EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN
                  (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 1998)

       WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Sauer-Sundstrand LaSalle Factory
Employee Savings Plan (As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1998) (the
"Plan"); and

       WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to (1) bring the Plan into
compliance with the requirements of the Small Business Job Protection Act of
1996, and the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997; (2) add a Company stock fund as an
investment option for its eligible employees, and (3) make certain other changes
with respect to applicable interest rates on plan loans.

       NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that pursuant to the amending power
reserved to this Company by Section 14.1, the Plan be, and it hereby is,
amended, effective as of the dates set forth below, in the following respects:

       1.     Section 1.18 is amended, effective as of January 1, 2000, to read
as follows:

              "1.18  A 'FUND' shall mean any of the funds in which Plan assets
       may be invested as described in Section 8.2."

       2.     Section 6.3(f)(ii) is amended, effective as of January 1, 1998, to
read as follows:

              "A Participant's 'COMPENSATION' shall include that Participant's
       wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts
       received for personal services actually rendered in the course of
       employment with the Employer (including, but not limited to, commissions
       paid to salesman, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage
       of profits, tips, and bonuses), and all Compensation actually paid or
       made available to the Participant for an entire Limitation Year,
       including elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and
       any amounts that would have been received as cash, but for an election to
       receive benefits under a cafeteria plan satisfying Code Section 125.
       Compensation shall exclude any other items or amounts paid to or for the
       benefit of the Participant."

       3.     Sections 6.5(a) and 6.6(a) are amended, effective as of January 1,
1997, by adding the following at the end of the respective subsections:

              "Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Plan Years commencing on and
       after January 1, 1997 through the end of the remedial amendment period as
       described in Notice 97-41, and modified by any subsequent Internal
       Revenue Service publication, the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated
       Employee Group may be determined on the basis of data from the current
       Plan Year."


                                     1

<PAGE>

       4.     Section 6.5(d)(ii) is amended, effective as of January 1, 1997, to
read as follows:

              "(ii)  Distribution of Excess Contributions (and any income
                     allocable thereto) to the appropriate Highly Compensated
                     Employees.  Such distribution shall be determined and made
                     as follows:  First, the total dollar amount of excess
                     contributions for each affected Highly Compensated Employee
                     shall be determined.  Second, such dollar amounts shall be
                     aggregated for all affected Highly Compensated Employees.
                     Third, the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest
                     dollar amount in Participant Contributions shall be reduced
                     by an amount necessary for such Highly Compensated
                     Employee's Participant Contributions to equal that of the
                     Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar
                     amount in Participant Contributions.  Such reduction is
                     then distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee with
                     the highest dollar amount.  However, if a lesser reduction,
                     when added to the total dollar amount already distributed
                     under the foregoing, would equal the total excess
                     contributions, the lesser amount shall be distributed.  If
                     Excess Contributions remain, the foregoing procedures are
                     repeated until the excess contributions are distributed."

       5.     Section 6.6(d)(ii) is amended, effective as of January 1, 1997, to
read as follows:

              "(ii)  Distribution of any vested Excess Aggregate Contributions
                     (and any income allocable thereto) to the appropriate
                     Highly Compensated Employees.  Distribution of vested
                     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be made in accordance
                     with the procedures for distributing Excess Contributions
                     as set forth above in Section 6.5(d)(ii); or"

       6.     Section 7.1 of the Plan is amended, effective as of January 1,
2000, to read as follows:

              "7.1   DEPOSIT OF EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  Upon
       receipt of Employer or Matching Contributions, the Trustee shall deposit
       within 14 business days such Contributions in accordance with the
       investment election of each Participant with respect to such
       Participant's Participant Contributions.  If no such election is received
       by the Trustee, such Contributions shall be invested in the Default Fund
       (as defined in Section 8.2(b))."

       7.     Section 7.3 is amended, effective as of August 31, 1998 to read as
follows:

              "7.3   INVESTMENT ELECTION FOR PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS AT TIME
       OF INITIAL PARTICIPATION.  Each Participant in Participant Contributions
       shall, upon electing to become a Participant under the Plan pursuant to
       Section 3.2 and on a form suitable to the Plan Administrator, make an
       election as to the manner in which Participant

                                     2

<PAGE>


       Contributions made by the Employer on his behalf are to be invested by
       the Trustee.  A Participant's investment election shall specify the
       percentage of his Participant Contributions to be invested in one or
       more of the Funds described in Section 8.2.  Unless changed by a
       Participant under Section 7.4, the investment election initially made by
       a Participant shall remain in effect until he ceases to be a Participant
       under the Plan."

       9.     Section 8.2 is amended, in its entirety, effective as of
January 1, 2000, to read as follows:

              "8.2   ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS. The Trustee, at the
       direction of the Plan  Administrator, shall establish the
       following no-load investment Funds under the Trust Agreement:

                     (i)    IRT Stable Value Fund;
                     (ii)   INVESCO Select Income Fund;
                     (iii)  INVESCO Total Return Fund;
                     (iv)   Fidelity Equity Income Fund;
                     (v)    IRT 500 Index Fund;
                     (vi)   AIM Blue Chip Fund;
                     (vii)  INVESCO Small Company Value Fund; and
                     (viii) IRT International Equity Fund
                     (ix)   The Transamerica Life Insurance Fund.

              Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2000, the
       following provisions shall apply:

                     (a)    The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to
                            add, change or eliminate from time to time one or
                            more investment funds, without an amendment to the
                            Plan and upon such terms and conditions as it deems
                            appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
                            Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee, in
                            accordance with Section 404(c) of ERISA, to make
                            available at all times at least three separate
                            investment alternatives each of which is diversified
                            and which have materially different risk and return
                            characteristics.  The investment alternatives in the
                            aggregate shall enable each Participant by choosing
                            among them to achieve a portfolio with aggregate
                            risk and return characteristics at any point within
                            a range normally appropriate for the Participant,
                            and which in the aggregate tend to minimize through
                            diversification the overall risk of the
                            Participant's portfolio.  The Plan intends to
                            constitute a plan described in Section 404(c) of
                            ERISA, such that to the extent permitted by law the
                            fiduciaries of the Plan shall be relieved of
                            liability for any losses that are the direct and


                                     3

<PAGE>



                            necessary result of the investment instructions
                            given by Participants and Beneficiaries under the
                            Plan.

                     (b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Funds
                            shall, at all times, include: (i) a Fund used for
                            the investment of Employer Matching Contributions
                            and Participant Contributions for which no
                            investment election is provided, which Fund is
                            designed to preserve capital and provide fixed
                            income until an investment election is made
                            ('Default Fund'); (ii) a 'Life Insurance Fund' for
                            the purpose of purchasing life insurance under
                            Article 8A; and, (iii) a Company Stock Fund, which
                            is designed to permit Participants to invest in
                            shares of common stock of Sauer Inc., the parent
                            company of the Company ('Company Stock')."

       10.    Section 8.3 is added, effective as of January 1, 2000, to read as
follows, and the remaining sections of Article 8 are renumbered accordingly:

              "8.3   COMPANY STOCK FUND.  The provisions of this Section 8.3 set
       forth special rules governing the investment of Participant Contributions
       into the Company Stock Fund.

                     (a)    INVESTMENTS IN COMPANY STOCK FUND.  Participants may
                            elect to invest a portion of their Participant
                            Contributions in the Company Stock Fund.  The
                            maximum amount permitted to be invested shall be 30%
                            of a Participant's Account balances, determined at
                            the time the amount is transferred to, or deposited
                            in, the Company Stock Fund.  The Company shall have
                            the right (i) to pay from amounts transferred to or
                            deposited in the Company Stock Fund any brokerage
                            fees and expenses associated with such transfer and
                            acquisition of Company Stock, and (ii) to pay from
                            the Participant's Accounts any brokerage fees and
                            expenses associated with the conversion of such
                            units to any other Investment Fund and/or cash.

                     (b)    VOTING RIGHTS.  Participants with Contributions
                            invested in Company stock shall be entitled to vote
                            the shares allocated to the Participant's Account.
                            Within a reasonable time prior to each annual or
                            special meeting of the shareholders of the Sauer
                            Inc., the Company shall send to each Participant a
                            copy of the proxy soliciting material (including an
                            annual report) for the meeting, together with a form
                            requesting instructions to the Trustee on how to
                            vote the proportional number of shares of Company
                            Stock (and any fractional share thereof)
                            attributable to the Participant's interest in the
                            Company Stock Fund.  Upon receipt of such

                                    4

<PAGE>


                            instruction, the Trustee shall vote such shares to
                            the extent possible to reflect such Participants
                            instructions.  If the Trustee does not receive
                            voting instructions from a Participant, the Trustee
                            shall vote the Company Stock attributable to each
                            Participant's interest in the same proportion as the
                            Trustee votes the shares of Company Stock which are
                            attributable to Participants' interests in the
                            Company Stock Fund of which the Trustee received
                            voting instructions.

                            Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
                            contrary, if a tender or exchange offer is made for
                            a majority of the outstanding shares of Company
                            Stock, a Participant shall direct the Trustee as to
                            the disposition of the proportional number of shares
                            of Company Stock attributable to his interest in the
                            Company Stock Fund.  If a Participant does not
                            direct the Trustee as to the disposition of the
                            Company Stock attributable to his Company Stock Fund
                            with the time specified, such Participant shall be
                            deemed to have timely instructed the Trustee not to
                            tender or exchange such shares of Company Stock.

                            Information relating to the purchase, holding and
                            sale of Company Stock and the exercise of
                            shareholder rights with respect to such Company
                            Stock by Participants shall be maintained in
                            accordance with procedures designed by the Trustee
                            to safeguard the confidentiality of such actions by
                            the Participant, except to the extent necessary to
                            comply with federal or state laws.

                     (c)    COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.  The
                            Company reserves the right to file with the
                            Securities Exchange Commission (the 'SEC')a
                            Registration Statement on Form S-8 in connection
                            with registration of the shares of common stock of
                            Sauer Inc. and the participation interests to be
                            offered and sold to the Plan.

                            Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the
                            contrary, if a Participant is a person subject to
                            Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of
                            1934 ('Section 16') as of January 1, 2000, such
                            Participant shall not be permitted to invest his
                            Participant Contributions in the Company Stock Fund
                            until such time as he is no longer subject to
                            Section 16.  If a Participant is not subject to
                            Section 16 as of January 1, 2000, but later becomes
                            subject to Section 16, he shall not be permitted, as
                            of the date he becomes subject to such Section, to
                            invest future Participant Contributions in the
                            Company Stock Fund.  With respect to investments
                            already

                                       5

<PAGE>


                            made in the Company Stock Fund, such Participant
                            shall, at his option, make an election to transfer
                            out of the Common Stock Fund; provided that such
                            transfer is made at least six months after any
                            investment election into the Common Stock Fund,
                            or purchase of Company stock under any other plan
                            maintained by the Company."

       11.    Article VIII-A and Sections 7.4, 10.1, and 12.4 are amended,
effective as of January  1, 2000, by substituting "Life Insurance Fund" for
"Transamerica Life Insurance Fund" wherever the latter appears, and by
substituting "Default Fund" for "Norwest Stable Return Fund" wherever the latter
appears.

       12.    Section 9.3 is amended, effective as of August 31, 1998, to read
as follows:

              "9.3   INTEREST RATE.  The interest rate to be paid by an Active
       Participant on a new loan shall be the prime lending rate published by
       the WALL STREET JOURNAL on the first business day of the month preceding
       the month in which the application for the loan is received by the Plan
       Administrator, plus 1-1/2 percentage points."

       13.    Section 12.4(f) is added, effective as of January 1, 2000, to read
as follows:

              "(f)   IN-KIND DISTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may elect to receive
                     amounts distributed from his Account invested in the
                     Company Stock Fund in whole shares of Company Stock, with
                     any fractional shares paid in cash.  Such election and the
                     method of transfer of the shares shall be in such form and
                     manner as is established by the Plan Administrator."

       14.    Section 12.8(c) is amended, effective as of January 1, 1997, to
read as follows:

              "(c)   In no event shall distribution with respect to a
                     Participant commence later than:

                     (i)    for a Participant who is not a five percent (5%)
                            owner (as described in Code Section 416(i)), the
                            later of (1) the April 1 of the calendar year next
                            following the calendar year in which the Participant
                            attains age 70 1/2, or (2) the April 1 of the
                            calendar year in which the Participant terminates
                            employment; and

                     (ii)   for a Participant who is a five percent (5%) owner,
                            the  calendar year following the calendar year in
                            which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, or such
                            other date as may be prescribed by applicable laws
                            or regulations.

                                       6

<PAGE>


                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant who is not
                     a five percent (5%) owner attains age 70 1/2 on or after
                     January 1, 1996 and before January 1, 1999, and is still
                     employed by the Employer on April 1 of the calendar year
                     following the year in which he attained age 70 1/2, such
                     Participant may elect to commence distribution effective as
                     of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
                     in which he attained age 701/2 or to delay commencement of
                     distribution until the Participant terminates employment."

Dated this 6th day of December, 1999 at Ames, Iowa.



                                   By:  __________________________
                                          Ronald C. Hanson
                                          Director of Human Resources



                                       7

<PAGE>





                                    EXHIBIT 4.5





                                  SAUER-SUNDSTRAND

                       EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

                     (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 1997)


<PAGE>


                                  SAUER-SUNDSTRAND
                       EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN
                  (AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1997)


        WHEREAS, Sauer-Sundstrand Company (the "Company") is a Delaware
corporation and the successor to Sundstrand-Sauer, a Delaware general
partnership formed, effective January 1, 1987, by Sundstrand-Sauer Company, a
Delaware partnership, which was formed, effective January 1, 1987, by a
subsidiary of Sundstrand Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and a
subsidiary of Sauer Getriebe AG, an Aktiengesellschaft organized under the
laws of the Federal Republic of Germany; and

        WHEREAS, effective October 1, 1985, Sundstrand Corporation
established and administered the "Sundstrand Hydro-Transmission Selmer,
Tennessee, Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan" (the "Selmer Tennessee
Plan"), a profit sharing plan with a qualified cash or deferred arrangement
for the benefit of eligible employees at Sundstrand Corporation's Selmer,
Tennessee, facility, and effective January 1, 1987, transferred to
Sundstrand-Sauer the employees at the Selmer, Tennessee facility, and also
transferred the assets and liabilities of the Selmer Tennessee Plan to the
trust established under the "Sundstrand-Sauer Employees' Savings and
Retirement Plan;" and

        WHEREAS, Sundstrand Corporation transferred to Sundstrand-Sauer
employees at certain other locations, where such employees participated in
qualified plans sponsored and administered by Sundstrand Corporation, and
transferred the assets and liabilities attributable to such employees from a
trust under the Sundstrand Corporation Employee Savings Plan to a trust under
the Sundstrand-Sauer Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan; and

        WHEREAS, the Company amended and restated the Sundstrand-Sauer
Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan, effective October 1, 1995, and
renamed it the "Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan" (the
"Plan"); and

        WHEREAS, the Company intends that the Plan shall continue to comply
with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (specifically including Section
401(k) thereof), and regulations thereunder, and the Company desires to amend
and restate the Plan: (i) to incorporate applicable provisions of the Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, and the
Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, and (ii)
to permit  investments in shares of common stock of Sauer, Inc., the parent
company of the Company.

        NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective as
of January 1, 1997, (except as otherwise provided), to provide as set forth
herein.

                                       1

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE I
                                    DEFINITIONS


        The following terms and phrases shall have the meanings set forth
below, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

        1.1     "ACCOUNT" shall mean any of the following accounts
established on behalf of a Participant or Employee, as described in Section
8.1:

                (a)     Employer Contribution Account;

                (b)     Matching Contribution Account;

                (c)     Participant Contribution Account;

                (d)     Rollover Account;

                (e)     After-Tax Contribution Account; and

                (f)     Thrift and Investment Plan Account.

        1.2     "ACTIVE PARTICIPANT" shall mean any Participant who is
actively employed by the Employer, and any other Participant (i) who is a
"party in interest" with respect to the Plan within the meaning of ERISA, and
(ii) whose Accounts have not yet been distributed.  If it is determined by
the Plan Administrator that federal law or regulations thereunder require
that loans be made available, under Article IX, to other beneficiaries or
former employees whose accounts have not yet been distributed, the term
Active Participant shall also include any such individual.

        1.3     "AUTHORIZED LEAVE OF ABSENCE" with respect to an Employee
shall mean a leave of absence authorized by the Employer for a specific
purpose and a specified period of time, during which such Employee is not on
the Employer's payroll and is not otherwise entitled, directly or indirectly,
to payment from the Employer with respect to such leave of absence.  The
Employer shall determine whether a leave of absence is authorized based a
uniform and consistent application of nondiscriminatory policies.  If an
Employee does not return to employment as soon as reasonably practicable upon
expiration of his Authorized Leave of Absence, his employment with the
Employer will be deemed terminated.

        1.4     "BENEFICIARY" of a Participant or former Participant shall
mean the person or persons who, under Article IV, shall be entitled to
receive a distribution hereunder in the event such Participant or former
Participant dies before his interest shall have been distributed to him in
full.


                                       2

<PAGE>


        1.5     "BREAK IN SERVICE" shall mean as follows:

                (a)     The termination of employment of an Employee, followed
                        by the expiration of an Employment Year in which he
                        accumulates fewer than 501 Hours of Service.
                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Break in Service shall
                        not be deemed to have occurred if:

                        (i)     The employment of a terminated Employee is
                                resumed prior to the  expiration of an
                                Employment Year in which he accumulates fewer
                                than 501 Hours of Service;

                        (ii)    The Employee is absent from work with the prior
                                consent of the Employer for a period not
                                exceeding twelve (12) months (which consent
                                shall be granted under uniform rules applied to
                                all Employees on a nondiscriminatory basis) and
                                he returns to active employment with the
                                Employer upon the expiration of the period of
                                authorized absence; or

                        (iii)   The Employee leaves the Employer to serve in the
                                armed forces of the United States for a period
                                during which his reemployment rights are
                                guaranteed by law and he returns or offers to
                                return to work for the Employer prior to the
                                expiration of his reemployment rights.

                (b)     For purposes of vesting under Article XII, one (1) Hour
                        of Service shall replace 501 Hours of Service in this
                        Section.

                (c)     An Employee who is absent from work with the Employer
                        because of:

                        (i)     The Employee's pregnancy,

                        (ii)    The birth of the Employee's child,

                        (iii)   The placement of a child with the Employee in
                                connection with the Employee's adoption of the
                                child, or

                        (iv)    The Employee's caring for such child immediately
                                following such birth or placement,

                        shall be credited with Hours of Service as provided in
                        this subsection 1.5(c), solely for purposes of
                        preventing a Break in Service.  If an Employee is absent
                        from work for any of the reasons set forth in this


                                       3

<PAGE>


                        subsection 1.5(c), the Employee will be credited with:
                        (A) the Hours of Service that otherwise would normally
                        have been credited to the Employee but for such absence,
                        or (B) eight (8)  Hours of Service per day of such
                        absence, if the Employer is unable to determine the
                        Hours of Service described in subparagraph (i) of this
                        subsection 1.5(c).  In no event shall an Employee be
                        credited with more than 501 Hours of Service.  An
                        Employee who is absent from work for any of the reasons
                        set forth in this subsection 1.5(c) shall be credited
                        with Hours of Service pursuant to this subsection
                        1.5(c): (A) only in the Employment Year in which the
                        absence begins, if the Employee would be prevented from
                        incurring a Break in Service in that Employment Year
                        solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours
                        of Service, as provided in this subsection 1.5(c), or
                        (B) in any other case, in the immediately following
                        Employment Year.  No credit for Hours of Service will be
                        given pursuant to this subsection 1.5(c) unless the
                        Employee furnishes to the Employer such timely
                        information as the Employer may reasonably require to
                        establish: (A) that the absence from work was for one of
                        the reasons specified in this subsection 1.5(c), and (B)
                        the number of days for which there was such an absence.

        1.6     "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and the regulations thereunder.  Reference to a section of the Code
shall include reference to any comparable section or sections of any
legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes such section.

        1.7     "COMPANY" shall mean Sauer-Sundstrand Company, a Delaware
corporation, or any successor thereto.

        1.8     "COMPENSATION" of a Participant for any Plan Year shall mean
the dollar value of specific payments made by the Employer to an Employee
with respect to such Plan Year for services rendered (including any amounts
that are excluded from the Participant's taxable income pursuant to Sections
125 and 402(e)(3) of the Code), and is limited to the following: (i) base
salary and/or wages paid; (ii) commissions paid under sales incentive plans;
(iii) overtime pay; (iv) lump-sum payments made in place of an increase in
the base wage rate; and (v) payments for time not worked pursuant to Employer
policies related to the following: vacations, holidays, sick leave,
bereavement, military reserve training, jury duty and educational leave under
provisions of the Employer's Engineering Master of Science program.

        Compensation for any period shall not include the following: (i)
except as otherwise provided in this Section 1.8, pay under any incentive pay
plan; (ii) shift differential pay; (iii) severance payments; (iv) payments
under any plan or arrangement which is not generally open to participation by
all Employees; (v) bonus plan payments; (vi) incentive awards other than
commissions paid to an Employee under sales incentive plans; (vii) matching
payments by the Employer; (viii) salary or wages and earnings credited to
Employees or Employee accounts


                                       4

<PAGE>


under any savings, investment, deferred compensation or salary reduction plan
or arrangement, including distributions from any such plan or arrangement
(other than the Plan); (ix) payments under any workers' compensation program
or under any unemployment compensation program; (x) payments made under any
employee benefit program or arrangement not otherwise specifically included
as compensation; (xi) foreign-earned income; and (xii) gain sharing payments.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the first $150,000 (or such other
amount as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate)
of an Employee's Compensation shall be taken into account for any purpose
under the Plan.  In determining the Compensation of an Employee for Plan
Years beginning before January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules of
Section 414(q)(6) of the Code as then in effect shall be applied.

        1.9     "DISABILITY" shall mean a physical or mental condition which,
in the judgment of the Employer, will prevent the Participant from performing
any work assigned by the Employer.  The Plan Administrator, in consultation
with a physician, psychiatrist or dentist selected by the Plan Administrator,
shall make a determination that a Disability exists and the date thereof.
The determination by the Plan Administrator of the existence of a Disability
shall be made with reference to the nature of the injury without regard to
the period that the Participant is absent from work.

        1.10    "EARLY RETIREMENT DATE" shall mean the last day of the month
in which the Participant has attained age 55 and completed ten (10) Years of
Service.

        1.11    "EFFECTIVE DATE" of this amendment and restatement shall be
January 1, 1997 (except as otherwise provided herein.  The Plan was
originally effective October 1, 1985.

        1.12    "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" shall mean any Employee who is eligible
to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article II.

        1.13    "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person who is employed on a regular
and full-time or part-time basis by:

                (a)     Any of the Company's Ames, Iowa; Freeport, Illinois;
                        Minneapolis, Minnesota; Selmer, Tennessee; West Branch,
                        Iowa; Lawrence, Kansas; or (in the office only) LaSalle,
                        Illinois, locations; or

                (b)     Sauer, Inc., primarily at its Ames, Iowa, location.

provided, however, that the term shall not include any person who renders
service to the Employer solely as an independent contractor or leased
employee (as defined in Code Section 414(n)), nor shall it include any person
covered by a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives
and the Employer if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith


                                       5

<PAGE>


bargaining between such employee representatives and the Employer (unless the
resulting bargaining agreement provides for such employee's coverage under
this Plan).

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, any person who is customarily employed
by the Employer on a part-time temporary or irregular basis for fewer than
1,000 Hours of Service per year shall become an Employee as of the first day
of any Employment Year in which he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

        1.14    "EMPLOYER" shall mean Sauer-Sundstrand Company, a Delaware
corporation, and any Related Employer that adopts the Plan in accordance with
Article XVII.

        1.15    "EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION" shall mean an amount contributed by
the Employer on behalf of a Participant, determined under subsection 5.l(a),
without regard to any amount by which that Participant elects to reduce his
Compensation under Section 5.2.

        1.16    "EMPLOYMENT YEAR" shall mean a twelve-consecutive-month
period commencing with an employee's initial date of hire (or last date of
rehire if he has incurred a Break in Service) or with any anniversary thereof.

        1.17    "ENROLLMENT DATE" shall mean (i) the first day of the first
payroll period after an Employee becomes an Eligible Employee if the Eligible
Employee elects, pursuant to Section 3.2, to make Participant Contributions
on that day, and/or (ii) the first day of the first payroll period commencing
on or after April 1 and October 1 of each Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, effective August 31, 1998, "Enrollment Date" shall mean the first
day that an Employee becomes an Eligible Employee under the Plan.

        1.18    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.  Reference to a
section of ERISA shall include reference to any comparable section or
sections of legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes such section.

        1.19    "FUND" shall mean any of the funds in which Plan assets may
be invested, as described in Section 8.2.

        1.20    "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" shall mean:

                (a)     For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, a
        Highly Compensated Employee as determined under the provisions of
        Section 414(q) as then in effect.

                (b)     For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997, a
        Highly Compensated Employee shall mean any Employee:


                                       6

<PAGE>


                        (i)     who is a 5-percent owner (within the meaning of
                                Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) at any time during
                                the Determination Year or Look-Back Year; and

                        (ii)    received compensation during the Look-Back Year
                                in excess of $80,000 (or as may be adjusted by
                                the Secretary of the Treasury for the Look-Back
                                Year), and if the Employer so elects, was in the
                                Top-Paid Group of Employees for the look-back
                                year.

                For purposes of this definition, (A) the "Determination Year" is
        the Plan Year in which the determination of Highly Compensated Employees
        is being made; (B) the "Look-Back Year" is the immediately preceding
        Plan Year; (C) the "Top-Paid Group" is the top 20% of Employees of the
        Employer when ranked on the basis of compensation receive during the
        year, but excluding employees who have not completed 6 months of
        service, employees who work fewer than 17 1/2 hours per week, employees
        who normally work during not more than 6 months in any year, and
        employees who have not attained age 21; and (D) "compensation" is
        compensation within the meaning of Section 1.8 of the Plan.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing, the determination of which
        Employees are Highly Compensated Employees shall at all time be subject
        to the rules of Section 414(q) of the Code.  Former Employees who were
        Highly Compensated Employees during the year in which such Employee
        separated from service or any year after such Employee attained age 55
        shall also be included in the determination of a Highly Compensated
        Employee.

        1.21    "HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE GROUP" shall mean:

                (a)     With respect to Participant Contributions, all Eligible
        Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees; and

                (b)     With respect to Matching Contributions, all Eligible
        Employees employed at the Employer's Selmer, Tennessee, or West Branch,
        Iowa, locations who are Highly Compensated Employees.

        1.22    "HOUR OF SERVICE" shall mean:

                (a)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to
        payment for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours
        shall be credited for the computation period in which the duties are
        performed; and

                (b)     Each hour for which an Employee is directly or
        indirectly paid by the Employer, or entitled to payment from the
        Employer, during which no duties are performed by reason of vacation,
        holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff,


                                       7

<PAGE>


        jury duty, military duty or leave of absence (but not in excess of 501
        hours in any continuous period during which no duties are performed).
        These hours shall be credited for the computation period or periods
        with respect to which no duties are performed.

                (c)     Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation
        of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer, and shall be
        included under either (a) or (b), as may be appropriate.  These hours
        shall be credited for the computation period or periods to which the
        award or agreement pertains, rather than to the computation period in
        which the award, agreement or payment is made.

                (d)     In determining Hours of Service for an Employee who is
        employed by the Employer and is not paid on an hourly-rate basis, such
        Employee shall be credited with eight (8) Hours of Service per day for
        each day the Employee would, if paid on an hourly-rate basis, be
        credited with service pursuant to subsection 1.21(a).  If an Employee is
        paid for reasons other than the performance of duties, pursuant to
        subsection 1.21(b):

                        (i)     In the case of a payment made or due which is
                                calculated on the basis of units of time, an
                                Employee shall be credited with the number of
                                regularly scheduled working hours included in
                                the units of time on the basis of which the
                                payment is calculated; and

                        (ii)    An Employee without a regular work schedule
                                shall be credited with eight (8) Hours of
                                Service per day (to a maximum of forty (40)
                                Hours of Service per week) for each day that the
                                Employee is so paid.

                Hours of Service shall be calculated in accordance with
        Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b-2, or legislation or
        regulation that amends, supplements or supersedes such Section.

        1.23    "MATCHING CONTRIBUTION" shall mean an amount contributed by
the Employer on behalf of a Participant, determined under subsection 5.l(b)
and based on the amount by which that Participant elects to reduce his
Compensation under Section 5.2.

        1.24    "NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE" shall mean any Employee who
is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

        1.25    "NONHIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE GROUP" shall mean:

                (a)     With respect to Participant Contributions, all Eligible
                        Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees; and

                (b)     With respect to Matching Contributions, all Eligible
                        Employees employed


                                       8

<PAGE>


                        at the Employer's Selmer, Tennessee, or West Branch,
                        Iowa, locations who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.

        1.26    "NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE" shall mean the last day of the month
in which the Participant attains age 65.

        1.27    "PARTICIPANT" shall mean any Eligible Employee who becomes a
Participant in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article III.
Such term shall also include a Participant who ceases to be an Eligible
Employee but who continues to participate in the Plan in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2.2.  Except as specifically provided otherwise, the
Plan's provisions for Participants shall apply both to Participants in
Employer Contributions and Participants in Participant Contributions.

        1.28    "PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION" shall mean the amount of money by
which a Participant has elected to have his Compensation reduced in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2.

        1.29    "PLAN" shall mean this Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings
and Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.  The Plan is intended to
be a profit-sharing plan for purposes of Section 401(a)(27)(B) of the Code.

        1.30    "PLAN ADMINISTRATOR" shall mean the Company or such other
person(s) or committee(s) appointed by the Company in accordance with Article
XIII to administer the Plan.

        1.31    "PLAN YEAR" shall mean the fiscal year of the Company, which
ends on December 31 of each year.

        1.32    "RELATED EMPLOYER" shall mean any employer that is a member
of:

                (a)     A controlled group of corporations (as defined in
                        Section 414(b) of the Code) of which the Employer is a
                        member;

                (b)     Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
                        which is under common control (as defined in Section
                        414(c) of the Code) with the Employer; or

                (c)     An affiliated service group (as defined in Section
                        414(m) of the Code) which includes the Employer.

        1.33    "RELATED PLAN" shall mean any other defined contribution plan
(as defined in Section 415(k) of the Code) maintained by the Employer or by
any Related Employer.

        1.34    "REVALUATION DATE" shall mean each business day of each
calendar year.


                                       9

<PAGE>


        1.35    "SERVICE" shall mean a period of time, measured in whole and
partial Employment Years, commencing with the Employment Year in which an
Employee is initially employed and ending with the Employment Year in which a
Break in Service occurs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's
years of Service after he incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service
shall be disregarded for purposes of determining whether he had a
nonforfeitable interest in his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts as
of the Revaluation Date coincident with the date he incurred the first of
such five consecutive one year Breaks in Service.

        1.36    "SETTLEMENT DATE" shall mean the date upon which a
Participant ceases to be a Participant in the Plan, as provided in Section
12.1.

        1.37    "TRUST AGREEMENT" shall mean the Sauer-Sundstrand Employees'
Savings and Retirement Plan Trust Agreement, as amended from time to time.

        1.38    "TRUST FUND" shall mean the trust fund established under the
Trust Agreement.

        1.39    "TRUSTEE" shall mean the trustee, and any successor trustee
or co-trustee that is designated, qualified and acting under the Trust
Agreement from time to time.


                                       10

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE II
                                EMPLOYEE ELIGIBILITY


        2.1     ELIGIBILITY.  Except as provided below, an Employee shall
become an Eligible Employee immediately upon the commencement of his
employment with the Employer.  If any of the following paragraphs apply to an
Employee, such Employee shall become an Eligible Employee on the date as
provided below:

                (a)     An Employee on January 1, 1997, who became an "Eligible
                        Employee" under the terms of the Plan in effect as of
                        December 31, 1996, shall continue to be an Eligible
                        Employee for purposes of the Plan as of the Effective
                        Date.

                (b)     An Employee who is customarily employed by the Employer
                        on a part-time temporary or irregular basis for fewer
                        than 1,000 Hours of Service per year shall become an
                        Eligible Employee on the date on which he completes at
                        least 1,000 Hours of Service in an Employment Year.

                (c)     An Employee who had been an Eligible Employee under this
                        Plan and who is reinstated to active employment after a
                        period during which he was not an Employee actively
                        employed shall become an Eligible Employee on his date
                        of reinstatement.

        2.2     CHANGES IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS.  If an Eligible Employee ceases
to be an Employee,  but continues in the employment of (i) the Employer in
some other capacity, or (ii) a Related Employer, he shall nevertheless
continue as an Eligible Employee and as a Participant until his status as a
Participant is otherwise terminated in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan; provided, however, that such Participant shall not be permitted to make
Participant Contributions at any time during which he is employed in any
capacity other than as an Employee.

        2.3     SPECIAL RULE FOR UNIFORMED SERVICE.  Notwithstanding any
provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994,
contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military
service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.


                                       11

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE III
                                   PARTICIPATION

        3.1     PARTICIPATION IN EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
Eligible Employees employed at the Employer's Selmer, Tennessee, and West
Branch, Iowa, locations (and only such Eligible Employees) shall be eligible
to receive Employer and Matching Contributions under Section 5.1,
retroactively as of the date they became Employees.

        3.2     PARTICIPATION IN PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  An Eligible
Employee may elect to make Participant Contributions under Section 5.2 as of
the first Enrollment Date following the date on which he meets the
eligibility requirements set forth in Article II, or as of any subsequent
April 1 or October 1 Enrollment Date.  Any such Participant who elects to
make Participant Contribution must first file with the Employer a written
election, on the form prescribed by the Employer, containing:

                (a)     His authorization for the Employer to make Participant
                        Contributions on his behalf to the Plan, in accordance
                        with the provisions of Section 5.2; and

                (b)     His election as to the investment of his Participant
                        Contributions, in accordance with the provisions of
                        Article VII.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective August 31, 1998, an Eligible
Employee may elect to make Participant Contributions as of his or her date of
hire, or as of the first day of any subsequent payroll period.

        3.3     NOTIFICATION OF ENROLLMENT DATE.  Through August 30, 1998,
the Employer shall cause notice of an Eligible Employee's Enrollment Date to
be given to the Employee in such manner as it deems appropriate, which may
include and be limited to Employee bulletin board posting.   No such further
notices shall be given on or after August 31, 1998.

        3.4     AUTHORIZED LEAVES OF ABSENCE AND LAYOFF OF ONE YEAR OR LESS.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1, a Participant who, for a
period of one year or less, is on an Authorized Leave of Absence, or on
layoff, shall continue as a Participant during such period; provided,
however, that (i) no Participant Contributions shall be made by such
Participant during such period, and (ii) his election to become a Participant
under Section 3.2 shall be deemed suspended.  Upon his return to active
employment as an Employee, the suspension of his election to become a
Participant shall terminate and his Participant Contributions shall
automatically resume in accordance with the terms of such election.

        3.5     AUTHORIZED LEAVES OF ABSENCE IN EXCESS OF ONE YEAR.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1, a Participant who, for a
period in excess of one year, is on an


                                       12

<PAGE>


Authorized Leave of Absence shall continue as a Participant during such
period, provided, however, that (i) no Participant Contributions shall be
made by such Participant during such period, and (ii) his election to become
a Participant under Section 3.2 shall be deemed rescinded. Upon his return to
active employment as an Employee, such Participant may elect to resume making
Participant Contributions by again filing with the Employer the written
election described in Section 3.2.

        3.6     REEMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING TERMINATION.  If (i) a Participant's
active employment is terminated for any reason, (ii) the Participant ceases
to be a Participant as provided in Section 12.1, and (iii) such former
Participant is thereinafter reemployed by the Employer, he shall be treated
as an Eligible Employee for all purposes of the Plan upon return to active
employment.  Such former Participant may elect to become a Participant on any
subsequent Enrollment Date by again filing with the Employer the written
election described in Section 3.2.


                                       13

<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE IV
                                    BENEFICIARIES


        4.1     DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

                (a)     Each Participant or former Participant may designate
                        one or more persons, or an entity as Beneficiary to
                        whom or to which a distribution shall be made
                        hereunder in the event such Participant or former
                        Participant dies before his interest shall have been
                        distributed to him in full. Successive designations
                        may be made, and the last designation received by the
                        Plan Administrator prior to the death of the
                        Participant or former Participant shall be effective
                        and shall revoke all prior designations. Any such
                        designation or successive designation shall be made
                        in writing on the form prescribed by the Plan
                        Administrator.  If a designated Beneficiary shall die
                        before the Participant or former Participant, such
                        Beneficiary's interest shall terminate, and, unless
                        otherwise provided in the Participant's or former
                        Participant's designation if the designation included
                        more than one Beneficiary, such interest shall be
                        paid in equal shares to those Beneficiaries, if any,
                        who survive the Participant or former Participant.  A
                        Participant or former Participant shall have the
                        right to revoke the designation of any Beneficiary
                        without the consent of the Beneficiary.  The number
                        of such revocations shall not be limited.

                (b)     Notwithstanding subsection 4.l(a), the Beneficiary of
                        each Participant who is married on the date of his death
                        shall be his spouse, unless, such spouse has  consented
                        to a designation of a non-spousal Beneficiary prior to
                        the Participant's death, or the Participant establishes
                        to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such
                        consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse,
                        the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other
                        circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by
                        regulations prescribe.  Any such consent shall be in
                        writing, shall acknowledge the effect of such consent,
                        and shall be witnessed by a representative of the Plan
                        or a notary public.  Moreover, the consent shall be
                        effective only if the Participant's written designation
                        names a specific alternate Beneficiary, including any
                        class of Beneficiaries, or any contingent Beneficiary,
                        which may not be changed without spousal consent.  Any
                        consent by a spouse, or establishment that the consent
                        of a spouse may not be obtained under this subsection
                        4.l(b), shall be effective only with respect to such
                        spouse.

                (c)     Any amounts under the Plan arising from the payment of
                        benefits under one more life insurance contracts as the
                        result of the death of a Participant,


                                       14

<PAGE>


                        a Participant's spouse or a Participant's child(ren)
                        shall be paid as provided in Section 8A.6.

        4.2     BENEFICIARY IN THE ABSENCE OF DESIGNATION.  If a Participant
fails to designate a Beneficiary, or if such designation is for any reason
illegal or ineffective, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the
Participant, the Participant's interest in the Plan shall be distributed in
the following order:

                (a)     To his surviving spouse;

                (b)     If there is no surviving spouse, to his descendants
                        (including legally adopted children or their
                        descendants), PER STIRPES;

                (c)     If there is neither a surviving spouse nor surviving
                        descendants, to the duly appointed and qualified
                        executor or other personal representative of the
                        Participant, to be distributed in accordance with the
                        Participant's will or applicable intestacy law; or

                (d)     In the event that there shall be no such representative
                        duly appointed and qualified within six (6) months after
                        the date of death of such deceased Participant, then to
                        such persons as, at the date of his death, would be
                        entitled to share in the distribution of such deceased
                        Participant's personal estate under the provisions of
                        the applicable statute then in force governing the
                        descent of intestate property, in the proportions
                        specified in such statute.

        4.3     IDENTIFICATION OF DISTRIBUTEES.  The Plan Administrator may
determine the identity of the distributees and in so doing may act and rely
upon any information it may deem reliable upon reasonable inquiry, and upon
any affidavit, certificate, or other paper believed by it to be genuine, and
upon any evidence believed by it sufficient.


                                       15

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE V
                                   CONTRIBUTIONS


        5.1     EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  With respect to each
Participant eligible under Section 3.1 to receive Employer and Matching
Contributions, the Employer shall contribute to the Trust Fund for each
payroll period during the Plan Year:

                (a)     An "Employer Contribution" in an amount equal to two
                        percent (2%) of the Compensation earned by such
                        Participant (while a Participant) during such period;
                        plus

                (b)     A "Matching Contribution" in an amount equal to fifty
                        percent (50%) of the Participant Contribution of each
                        such Participant under Section 5.2, provided that in no
                        event will a Matching Contribution to any such
                        Participant exceed two percent (2%) of such
                        Participant's Compensation for such period.

Employer and Matching Contributions shall be subject to the limitations
described in Article VI.

        5.2     PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  Each Participant may elect to
have his Compensation reduced in the manner described in this Section 5.2, in
which event the Employer shall contribute such  reduction to the Trust Fund
as a "Participant Contribution."  In addition to the limitations described in
Article VI, Participant Contributions shall be subject to the following
restrictions:

                (a)     MINIMUM REDUCTION.  The minimum reduction for any
                        Participant for any payroll period shall be one percent
                        (1%) of the Participant's Compensation for such payroll
                        period.

                (b)     MAXIMUM REDUCTION.  The maximum reduction for any
                        Participant for any payroll period shall be as follows:

                        (i)     For any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
                                Employee, ten percent (10%) of such
                                Participant's Compensation for such payroll
                                period;

                        (ii)    For any Participant who is a Non-Highly
                                Compensated Employee, seventeen percent (17%) of
                                such Participant's Compensation for such payroll
                                period if the Participant is entitled to an
                                Employer Contribution under subSection 5.l(a),
                                or twenty percent (20%) of such Participant's
                                Compensation for such payroll period if such
                                Participant is not entitled to an Employer
                                Contribution; and


                                       16

<PAGE>


                        (iii)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective August
                                31, 1998, for all Participants, twenty-one
                                percent (21%) of such Participant's Compensation
                                for such payroll period.

                (c)     MINIMUM INCREMENTS.  All Compensation reductions under
                        the Plan shall be in multiples of one percent (1%) of a
                        Participant's Compensation, unless the Participant has
                        elected to reduce his Compensation by the maximum amount
                        permitted under Section 402(g) of the Code, in which
                        event a reduction equal to that amount will be
                        permitted.

        5.3     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ELECTIVE TRANSFERS.

                (a)     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.   Any Employee who is or may
                        become a Participant and who has received or is entitled
                        to receive a distribution from a qualified retirement
                        plan of a former employer under circumstances meeting
                        the requirements of Code Section 402(c)(4) may
                        contribute all or any portion of such distribution to
                        the Plan as a "Rollover Contribution."  The Plan shall
                        accept a Rollover Contribution only if the acceptance of
                        such Contribution would not threaten the Plan's
                        qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code.

                (b)     ELECTIVE TRANSFERS.  In its discretion, the Plan
                        Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept a direct
                        transfer of assets from the trustee of a qualified plan
                        sponsored by the former employer of an Employee.  Such
                        transfer must satisfy all of the requirements set forth
                        for an "Elective Transfer" under Treasury Regulation
                        Section 1.411(d)-4, including the requirement that such
                        transfer represent the Employee's entire nonforfeitable
                        accrued benefit under the transferring plan.  No such
                        trustee-to-trustee transfer shall be accepted if the
                        amount transferred would remain subject to any of the
                        transferring plan's "Section 411(d)(6) protected
                        benefits" (as that term is used in said Regulation).

                (c)     ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  The Plan Administrator shall
                        establish a fully vested "Rollover Account" for each
                        Employee electing to make a Rollover Contribution under
                        subsection 5.3(a) or as to whom an Elective Transfer is
                        accepted under subsection 5.3(b).  All such Rollover
                        Contributions and Elective Transfers shall be credited
                        to that Rollover Account, to which investment gains or
                        losses shall then be credited or debited.  If a Rollover
                        Account is established for an Employee who is not
                        otherwise a Plan Participant, that Employee shall be
                        considered a Participant with respect to his Rollover
                        Account, but for no other Plan purpose until he becomes
                        a Participant pursuant to Article III.


                                       17

<PAGE>


                (d)     INVESTMENTS.  Upon receipt of an Employee's Rollover
                        Contribution or Elective Transfer, the Trustee shall
                        immediately deposit such contribution or transfer into
                        the Investment Fund or Funds designated by the Employee
                        in a written election filed with the Plan Administrator;
                        provided that if such contribution or transfer is in a
                        form other than cash, the Trustee, in accordance with
                        instructions from the Plan Administrator, shall first
                        take such action as it determines to be appropriate to
                        convert such contribution or transfer to cash.  The
                        initial investment of an Employee's Rollover Account
                        shall remain in effect unless changed in accordance with
                        the provisions of Section 7.4.  Notwithstanding any
                        provision of the Plan to the contrary, an Employee shall
                        not be permitted to direct that any portion of his
                        Rollover Account be used to purchase life insurance.

                (e)     WITHDRAWALS.  An Employee with respect to whom a
                        Rollover Account is maintained may withdraw all or any
                        portion of that Account as soon as administratively
                        feasible after the Employee's delivery to the Plan
                        Administrator of a written request for such withdrawal,
                        on a form acceptable to the Plan Administrator.

                (f)     DISTRIBUTIONS.  The provisions of the Plan relating to
                        distributions upon a Participant's termination of
                        participation in the Plan, or upon the Plan's
                        termination, shall apply to an Employee's Rollover
                        Account.

                (g)     RULES AND PROCEDURES.  The Plan Administrator shall
                        establish rules and procedures to implement the
                        provisions of this Section 5.3, including, without
                        limitation, such procedures as may be appropriate to
                        permit the Plan Administrator to verify the qualified
                        status of the plan of the Employee's former employer and
                        compliance with any applicable provisions of the Code
                        and regulations issued thereunder relating to Rollover
                        Contributions and Elective Transfers.

        5.4     ELECTIVE TRANSFERS FROM RETIREMENT PLAN.  The provisions of
Section 5.3 shall apply, in all respects, to any Elective Transfer to the
Trustee of this Plan from the trustee of the Sauer-Sundstrand Employees'
Retirement Plan (the "Retirement Plan").

        5.5     ADMINISTRATION.  The Employer intends to pay to the Trustee
its Employer and Matching Contributions with respect to a particular payroll
period within thirty (30) days after the last day of such period.  The
Employer shall pay to the Trustee all Participant Contributions as soon as
such amounts can reasonably be segregated from the Employer's general assets,
but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the date any such
Contribution would otherwise have been payable as wages.  In no event shall
the Employer pay to the Trustee any of its Employer, Matching or Participant
Contributions for any calendar year later than the period of time


                                       18

<PAGE>


prescribed by law for the filing of the Employer's Federal income tax return
for such year, including any duly granted extensions thereof.

        5.6     FORM OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  Employer, Matching, and Participant
Contributions shall be paid to the Trustee in cash or in other property, as
the Employer, in its discretion, shall determine.

        5.7     CHANGES IN PAYROLL DEDUCTION AUTHORIZATION.  A Participant
may, once per calendar quarter (effective August 31, 1998, once per payroll
period) change the percentage of his Compensation contributed to the Plan as
a Participant Contribution by filing an amended payroll deduction
authorization with the Employer; provided, that any such change shall be
effective as of the first day of the payroll period following the end of the
payroll period in which such deduction authorization is received by the
Employer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation on the number of
allowable changes, if, at any time, a Participant elects to borrow money from
the Plan, as provided in Article IX, he shall, in connection with such
borrowing, be allowed to change the percentage of his Compensation
contributed to the Plan as his Participant Contribution. Participant
Contributions shall be deducted from the Participant's Compensation in
accordance with the Participant's amended payroll deduction authorization,
and such deductions shall continue until otherwise changed, suspended or
terminated in accordance with applicable provisions of the Plan.

        5.8     SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  A Participant may suspend all
of his Participant Contributions at any time by filing with the Employer an
amended payroll deduction authorization providing for such suspension.  Such
suspension shall be effective as of the first day of the payroll period
following the end of the payroll period in which such deduction authorization
is received by the Employer and shall remain in effect until the Participant
resumes his Participant Contributions.  A Participant who has suspended all
of his Participant Contributions under this Section 5.8 may resume such
Contributions only as of an April 1 or October 1 Enrollment Date that is
after the effective date of such suspension and only by filing a new payroll
deduction authorization with the Employer no later than the Enrollment Date
as of which Participant Contributions are to resume.   Notwithstanding the
foregoing, effective August 31, 1998, a Participant may resume such
Contributions at any time by filing a new payroll deduction authorization
form with the Company not later than the date as of which the Contributions
are to be resumed.  Any new payroll deduction authorization filed by a
Participant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.8 shall meet the
requirements of Section 5.2.


                                       19

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE VI
                            LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS


        Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the
following limitations shall apply to the specified types of Contributions
made under the Plan.

        6.1     DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS.  In no event shall the sum of
the Employer, Matching, and Participant Contributions for a Plan Year exceed
the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer for Federal
income tax purposes under Section 404 of the Code and the regulations
thereunder.  All such Contributions are expressly conditioned on their
deductibility.  If the Internal Revenue Service determines that such
Contributions are not deductible for a given Plan Year, the Trustee shall
immediately return to the Employer all such Contributions; provided, however,
that no such Contribution shall be returned to the Employer more than one
year after the disallowance of the deduction, unless permitted under ERISA
and the Code at that time.  The amount returned under this Section 6.1 shall
be equal to the amount of the disallowed deduction, decreased for any
investment losses but not increased for any investment gains subsequent to
the time of the Contribution.

        Any Contribution returned to the Employer under this Section 6.1
shall, unless otherwise directed by the Internal Revenue Service, be
withdrawn from the following Accounts, in the following order:

                (a)     First, from the Participant and Matching Contribution
                        Accounts, up to an amount equal to the Participant
                        Contributions (and any Matching Contributions
                        attributable to such Participant Contributions) made for
                        the Plan Year; and

                (b)     Second, from the Employer Contribution Account, in the
                        amount of any remaining nondeductible Contributions.

        Any Participant Contribution returned to the Employer shall
immediately be paid to the affected Participant in cash.

        6.2     MISTAKE OF FACT.   In the case of any Employer, Matching, or
Participant Contribution that is made by the Employer due to a good faith
mistake of fact, the Trustee shall return the erroneous portion of the
Contribution to the Employer within one year after the Employer's payment of the
Contribution to the Trust Fund.  The amount returned under this Section 6.2
shall be equal to the amount of the erroneous Contribution, decreased for any
investment losses but not increased for any investment gains subsequent to the
time of the Contribution.  Any such Contribution returned to the Employer under
this Section 6.2 shall be withdrawn from the Account(s) as to which the mistake
related.   Any Participant Contribution


                                       20

<PAGE>


returned to the Employer shall immediately be paid to the affected
Participant in cash.

        6.3     LIMITATION ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS.  In no event shall the sum of
the Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts for any Limitation Year
exceed the "Maximum Permissible Amount"  (as defined below).  If, but for the
provisions of this Section 6.3, the Annual Additions to a Participant's
Accounts for any Limitation Year would exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount,
such Annual Additions shall be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with
the requirements of this Section 6.3.  Any such reduction shall be made in
accordance with the applicable regulations issued under Section 415 of the
Code (hereinafter referred to as the "415 Regulations") and this Section 6.3.

                (a)     REDUCTIONS AND REALLOCATIONS.  Should it become
                        necessary to reduce the Annual Additions to a
                        Participant's Accounts, such reduction shall be
                        accomplished as follows:

                        (i)     First, to the extent permitted under the 415
                                Regulations, any Participant Contributions that
                                would otherwise be allocated to that
                                Participant's Participant Contribution Account
                                shall be returned to the Employer and
                                immediately paid by the Employer to the
                                Participant in cash.

                        (ii)    Second, if any further reduction in Annual
                                Additions is necessary, any Contributions or
                                forfeitures that would otherwise be allocated to
                                the Participant's Accounts shall be reduced, and
                                reallocated to the Accounts of the other
                                Participants in the same manner as the initial
                                allocation was made.  Such reallocation shall be
                                made as many times as is necessary to reallocate
                                the amount reduced, but only to the extent of
                                the Maximum Permissible Amount for each
                                Participant.

                (b)     SUSPENSE ACCOUNT.   If the sum of the Annual Additions
                        for all Participants for the Limitation Year exceeds the
                        sum of the Maximum Permissible Amounts for all
                        Participants, the excess shall be held unallocated in a
                        suspense account.  If a suspense account is in existence
                        at any time during a Limitation Year, other than the
                        Limitation Year referred to in the preceding sentence,
                        all amounts in the suspense account shall be allocated
                        and reallocated to Participants' Accounts, subject to
                        the limitations of this Section 6.3, before any
                        contributions that would constitute Annual Additions may
                        be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.  For this
                        purpose, such allocations and reallocations shall be
                        made in the same manner as forfeitures would be
                        allocated for that Limitation Year.

                (c)     ANNUAL ADDITIONS TO OTHER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS.
                        If a Participant is a participant under any other
                        Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the


                                       21

<PAGE>


                        Employer, the total of the Annual Additions to such
                        Participant's accounts under all such Defined
                        Contribution Plans shall not exceed the Maximum
                        Permissible Amount.  If it is determined that, as a
                        result of the limitation set forth in the preceding
                        sentence, the Annual Additions to a Participant's
                        Accounts under this Plan must be reduced, such
                        reduction shall be accomplished in accordance with
                        the provisions of subsection 6.3(a).

                (d)     COMBINED LIMITATION.   Notwithstanding any provision of
                        this Article VI to the contrary, solely for Limitation
                        Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, if a
                        Participant is a participant under a Defined Benefit
                        Plan maintained by the Employer, the sum of the Defined
                        Benefit Plan Fraction for a Limitation Year and the
                        Defined Contribution Plan Fraction for that year shall
                        be no greater than one (1.0).  If it is determined that,
                        as a result of the limitation set forth in the preceding
                        sentence, the Annual Additions to a Participant's
                        Accounts under this Plan must be reduced, such reduction
                        shall be accomplished in accordance with the provisions
                        of subsection 6.3(a).

                (e)     DEFINITIONS.   For purposes of this Section 6.3, each of
                        the following words or phrases shall have the meaning
                        set forth below:

                        (i)     "Annual Additions" shall mean the total of the
                                following amounts that are allocated to a
                                Participant's Accounts (including any similar
                                amounts allocated under a Related Plan) during
                                any Limitation Year:

                                (A)     Employer Contributions;

                                (B)     Participant Contributions; and

                                (C)     Forfeitures (as provided in Section
                                        12.3).

                                For this purpose, any excess amounts applied
                                under subsection 6.3(c) to reduce future
                                contributions will be considered Annual
                                Additions for the Limitation Year in which so
                                applied.

                        (ii)    A Participant's "Section 415 Compensation" shall
                                include that Participant's wages, salaries, fees
                                for professional services, and other amounts
                                received for personal services actually rendered
                                in the course of employment with the Employer
                                (including, but not limited to, commissions paid
                                salesman, compensation for services on the basis
                                of a percentage of profits, tips, and bonuses);
                                and all Section 415 Compensation actually paid
                                or made available to the


                                       22

<PAGE>


                                Participant for an entire Limitation Year
                                (other than amounts by which a Participant
                                elects to reduce his Compensation pursuant to
                                Section 5.2), but shall exclude any other
                                items or amounts paid to or for the benefit
                                of the Participant.

                                Notwithstanding the forgoing, effective
                                January 1, 1998, a Participant's Section 415
                                Compensation shall also include elective
                                deferrals (as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of
                                the Code), and any amounts that would have
                                been received as cash, but for an election to
                                receive benefits under a cafeteria plan
                                satisfying Section 125 of the Code.

                        (iii)   A "Defined Benefit Plan" shall mean any
                                Retirement Plan which is not a Defined
                                Contribution Plan.

                        (iv)    The "Defined Benefit Plan Fraction" shall mean a
                                fraction:

                                (A)     The numerator of which is the projected
                                        annual benefit of the Participant.  The
                                        projected annual benefit is based upon
                                        the annual benefit to which he would be
                                        entitled under the terms of the Defined
                                        Benefit Plan on the assumptions that he
                                        continues employment until his normal
                                        retirement date as determined under the
                                        terms of the Defined Benefit Plan, that
                                        his compensation continues at the same
                                        rate as in effect in the calendar year
                                        under consideration until his normal
                                        retirement date, and that all other
                                        relevant factors used to determine
                                        benefits under such Defined Benefit Plan
                                        remain constant as of the current
                                        calendar year for future calendar years,
                                        under all Defined Benefit Plans
                                        maintained by the Employer, determined
                                        as of the close of the Limitation Year,
                                        and

                                (B)     The denominator of which is the lesser
                                        of

                                        (1)     One and one-fourth (1.25) one
                                                (1.0), in the case of a Key
                                                Employee in either a Top-Heavy
                                                Plan failing to provide the
                                                minimum benefit required under
                                                Section 416(h)(2)(A) of the Code
                                                or a Super Top-Heavy Plan times
                                                the projected annual benefit of
                                                such Participant under the
                                                Defined Benefit Plans,
                                                determined as of the close of
                                                the Limitation Year and as
                                                though the Defined Benefit Plans
                                                provided benefits in the amount
                                                of the maximum dollar limitation
                                                allowable under Section
                                                415(b)(1)(A) of


                                       23

<PAGE>


                                                the Code, after taking into
                                                account all applicable
                                                modifications of that dollar
                                                limitation found in the Code,
                                                and

                                        (2)     One and four-tenths (1.4)
                                                times the projected annual
                                                benefit of such Participant
                                                under the Defined Benefit
                                                Plans, determined as of the
                                                close of the Limitation Year
                                                and as though the Defined
                                                Benefit Plans provided
                                                benefits in the amount of the
                                                maximum percentage-of-
                                                compensation limitation
                                                allowable under Section
                                                415(b)(1)(B) of the Code, after
                                                taking into account all
                                                applicable modifications of that
                                                percentage-of-compensation
                                                limitation found in the Code.

                        (v)     A "Defined Contribution Plan" shall mean a
                                Retirement Plan which provides for an individual
                                account for each Participant and for benefits
                                based solely on the amount contributed to the
                                Participant's accounts and any income, expenses,
                                gains and losses, and any forfeitures of
                                accounts of other Participants that may be
                                allocated to such Participant's accounts.

                        (vi)    The "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" shall
                                mean a fraction:

                                (A)     The numerator of which is the sum of the
                                        Annual Additions to the Participant's
                                        accounts for all years under all Defined
                                        Contribution Plans maintained by the
                                        Employer in that Limitation Year, and

                                (B)     The denominator of which is the sum for
                                        the Limitation Year and all prior years
                                        of the lesser of

                                        (1)     One and one-fourth (1.25) one
                                                (1.0), in the case of a Key
                                                Employee in either a Top-Heavy
                                                Plan failing to provide the
                                                minimum benefit required under
                                                Section 416(h)(2)(A) of the Code
                                                or a Super Top-Heavy Plan times
                                                the maximum amount of Annual
                                                Additions to such Participant's
                                                accounts under the Defined
                                                Contribution Plans which could
                                                have been made in accordance
                                                with the dollar limitation set
                                                forth in Section 415(c)(1)(A) of
                                                the Code, after taking into
                                                account all applicable
                                                modifications of that dollar
                                                limitation found in the Code,
                                                and


                                       24

<PAGE>


                                        (2)     One and four-tenths (1.4) times
                                                the maximum amount of Annual
                                                Additions to such Participant's
                                                accounts under the Defined
                                                Contribution Plans which could
                                                have been made in accordance
                                                with the percentage-of-
                                                compensation limitation set
                                                forth in Section 415(c)(1)(B) of
                                                the Code, after taking into
                                                account all applicable
                                                modifications of that
                                                percentage-of-compensation
                                                limitation found in the Code.

                        (vii)   "Limitation Year" shall mean the Plan Year.

                        (viii)  The "Maximum Permissible Amount" shall mean the
                                lesser of:

                                (A)     $30,000 (or, if greater, 25% of the
                                        defined benefit dollar limitation in
                                        effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the
                                        Code); or

                                (B)     25 % of a Participant's Section 415
                                        Compensation (as defined in Paragraph
                                        6.3(e)(ii)).

                                The foregoing amounts are subject to adjustment
                                by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                        (ix)    A "Retirement Plan" shall mean:

                                (A)     Any profit sharing, pension or stock
                                        bonus plan described in Sections 401(a)
                                        and 501(a) of the Code;

                                (B)     Any annuity plan or annuity contract
                                        described in Section 403(a) or 403(b) of
                                        the Code; and

                                (C)     Any individual retirement account or
                                        individual retirement annuity described
                                        in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code.

        6.4     DOLLAR LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  The
Participant Contributions made on behalf of a Participant (in combination
with all similar contributions made on behalf of that Participant under all
other plans, contracts, or arrangements of the Employer) during a single
calendar year (or other taxable year of the Participant) shall not exceed
$7,000, or such higher amount as may be specified by the Secretary of the
Treasury under Section 402(g) of the Code.  Any such Participant
Contributions in excess of this limitation (hereinafter referred to as
"Excess Deferrals") shall be corrected during either the same calendar year
for which those deferrals were


                                       25

<PAGE>


made (as described in subsection 6.4(a)) or the calendar year following the
calendar year for which those deferrals were made (as described in subsection
6.4(b)).

                (a)     CORRECTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS DURING SAME CALENDAR
                        YEAR.  A Participant who has Excess Deferrals during a
                        calendar year may receive a corrective distribution of
                        such Excess Deferrals during that same year.  Such a
                        corrective distribution may be made only if each of the
                        following conditions is satisfied:

                        (i)     The Participant must designate the distribution
                                as an Excess Deferral.  The Participant's
                                designation must be in writing, and the
                                Participant must certify or otherwise establish
                                to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator
                                that the designated amount is an Excess
                                Deferral.  To the extent an Excess Deferral is
                                attributable solely to Participant Contributions
                                under this Plan (and similar contributions under
                                other plans of the Employer), the Participant
                                will be deemed to have made such designation.

                        (ii)    The distribution must be made after the date on
                                which the Plan receives the Excess Deferral.

                        (iii)   The Plan Administrator must designate the
                                distribution as a distribution of Excess
                                Deferrals.

                        The Plan Administrator shall not be obligated to make a
                        corrective distribution during the same calendar year.
                        Any Matching Contributions (and the income allocable
                        thereto) that are attributable to distributed Excess
                        Deferrals shall be forfeited (even if otherwise
                        nonforfeitable) and reallocated among the Matching
                        Contribution Accounts of all Participants in Employer
                        Contributions, in the same manner as forfeitures would
                        be allocated to such Accounts for that Plan Year.

                (b)     CORRECTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS DURING FOLLOWING CALENDAR
                        YEAR.  A Participant who has Excess Deferrals during a
                        taxable year, and who has not received a complete
                        corrective distribution of such Excess Deferrals under
                        subsection 6.4(a) during that year, may receive a
                        distribution of any remaining Excess Deferrals during
                        the following calendar year.  Such a corrective
                        distribution may be made only if the Participant
                        notifies the Plan Administrator of this Plan (and the
                        plan administrators of all other plans to which the
                        Excess Deferrals relate) by the March 1 following the
                        close of the calendar year for which the Excess
                        Deferrals were made.

                        Any such notification must be in writing, and the
                        Participant must certify


                                       26

<PAGE>


                        or otherwise establish to the satisfaction of the
                        Plan Administrator that the designated amount is an
                        Excess Deferral.  To the extent the Excess Deferrals
                        are attributable solely to Participant Contributions
                        under this Plan (and similar contributions under
                        other plans of the Employer) the Participant shall be
                        deemed to have notified the Plan Administrator of
                        such Excess Deferrals.  Upon receiving such timely
                        notice, the Plan Administrator shall distribute, not
                        later than the immediately following April 15, the
                        amount of the Excess Deferrals allocated to this Plan
                        by the Participant, together with any income
                        allocable to that Amount. The Plan Administrator
                        shall allocate income to such distributed Excess
                        Deferrals in the same manner as other income is
                        allocated among Participant Accounts under Article X
                        of the Plan.  Income allocable to the period between
                        the close of the calendar year for which the Excess
                        Deferrals were made and the date of the corrective
                        distribution (the "Gap Period") shall be disregarded
                        for this purpose.  Any Matching Contributions (and
                        any income allocable thereto) that are attributable
                        to distributed Excess Deferrals shall be forfeited
                        (even if otherwise nonforfeitable) and reallocated
                        among the Matching Contribution Accounts of all
                        Participants in Employer Contributions, in the same
                        manner as forfeitures would be allocated to such
                        Accounts for that Plan Year.

        6.5     LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Plan's
provisions for Participant Contributions constitute a cash or deferred
arrangement intended to be qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code.
Accordingly, these Participant Contributions must satisfy the Actual Deferral
Percentage Test (the "ADP Test") under Section 401(k)(3) of the Code for each
Plan Year.  The ADP Test shall be conducted in accordance with the following
rules:

                (a)     ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST.  For any Plan Year, the
                        ADP Test will be satisfied if the Actual Deferral
                        Percentage ("ADP") for the Highly Compensated Employee
                        Group does not exceed the greater of:

                        (i)     1.25 times the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                                Employee Group; or

                        (ii)    The lesser of:

                                (A)     Two (2) times the ADP for the Nonhighly
                                        Compensated Employee Group; and

                                (B)     The ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                                        Employee Group plus two (2) percentage
                                        points.

                        Effective for Plan Years on and after January 1, 1997,
                        the ADP for the


                                       27

<PAGE>


                        Highly Compensated Employee Group shall be determined
                        on the basis of data from the current Plan Year, and
                        the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group
                        shall be determined on the basis of data from the
                        immediately preceding Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the
                        foregoing, for Plan Years commencing on and after
                        January 1, 1997 through the end of the remedial
                        amendment period as described in Notice 97-41, and
                        modified by any subsequent Internal Revenue Service
                        publication, the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                        Employee Group may be determined on the basis of data
                        from the current Plan Year.

                (b)     DETERMINATION OF ADP TEST.   For purposes of determining
                        the precise manner in which the ADP Test is to be
                        conducted, including the definition of "Actual Deferral
                        Percentage," the provisions of Section 401(k)(3) of the
                        Code and the regulations thereunder are incorporated
                        herein by reference (sometimes referred to as the
                        "401(k) Regulations").  For purposes of conducting the
                        ADP Test, a Participant's compensation shall be the
                        Participant's compensation (as defined in Treasury
                        Regulation Section 1.401(k)-l(g)(2)(i)) over the course
                        of the Plan Year.  The Plan Administrator shall maintain
                        records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the
                        ADP Test for each Plan Year.

                (c)     PRELIMINARY ADP TEST.   The Plan Administrator may, from
                        time to time during the course of a Plan Year, make its
                        best estimate as to whether the ADP Test will be
                        satisfied for the Plan Year.  In doing so, the Plan
                        Administrator may conduct one or more preliminary ADP
                        Tests based on the projected compensation and
                        contribution level of Participants.  If it appears that
                        there will be "Excess Contributions" (as defined in the
                        401(k) Regulations), the Plan Administrator may, in its
                        discretion, limit Participant Contributions in a manner
                        designed to prevent Excess Contributions from being
                        made, or use a combination of methods acceptable under
                        the 401(k) Regulations, in order to provide reasonable
                        assurance that Excess Contributions will be avoided or
                        corrected during the Plan Year.

                (d)     CORRECTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.   Notwithstanding
                        any other provision of this Plan, if it is determined
                        that Excess Contributions exist for a Plan Year, such
                        Excess Contributions shall be corrected within 2 1/2
                        months after the end of such Plan Year in order to avoid
                        the imposition of an excise tax that might otherwise
                        apply under Section 4979 of the Code, and in any event
                        within 12 months after the close of the Plan Year for
                        which the contributions were made.  The Plan
                        Administrator may, in its discretion, use either or both
                        of the following correction methods, as described in the
                        401(k) Regulations:


                                       28

<PAGE>


                        (i)     Allocation to the Participant Contribution
                                Accounts of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee
                                Group of any "QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE
                                CONTRIBUTIONS" (as defined in the 401(k)
                                Regulations) made by the Employer, in the
                                Employer's sole discretion; or

                        (ii)    Distribution of Excess Contributions (and any
                                income allocable thereto) to the appropriate
                                Highly Compensated Employees.  Such distribution
                                shall be determined and made as follows:  First,
                                the total dollar amount of excess contributions
                                for each affected Highly Compensated Employee
                                shall be determined.  Second, such dollar
                                amounts shall be aggregated for all affected
                                Highly Compensated Employees.  Third, the Highly
                                Compensated Employee with the highest dollar
                                amount in Participant Contributions shall be
                                reduced by an amount necessary for such Highly
                                Compensated Employee's Participant Contributions
                                to equal that of the Highly Compensated Employee
                                with the next highest dollar amount in
                                Participant Contributions.  Such reduction is
                                then distributed to the Highly Compensated
                                Employee with the highest dollar amount.
                                However, if a lesser reduction, when added to
                                the total dollar amount already distributed
                                under the foregoing, would equal the total
                                excess contributions, the lesser amount shall be
                                distributed.  If Excess Contributions remain,
                                the foregoing procedures are repeated until the
                                excess contributions are distributed.

                (e)     TREATMENT OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If a Matching
                        Contribution has been made to the Plan with respect to
                        an amount that constitutes an Excess Contribution, then
                        such Matching Contribution (and any income allocable
                        thereto) shall be forfeited (even if otherwise
                        nonforfeitable) and reallocated to the Matching
                        Contribution Accounts of the Nonhighly Compensated
                        Employee Group, in the same manner that forfeitures
                        would be allocated to such Accounts for that Plan Year.

                (f)     ALLOCATION OF INCOME.   If Excess Contributions are
                        distributed, any income allocable to the distributed
                        Excess Contributions shall also be distributed.  The
                        Plan Administrator shall allocate income to such
                        distributed Excess Contributions in the same manner as
                        other income is allocated among Participant Accounts
                        under Article X of the Plan.  Income allocable to the
                        period between the close of the Plan Year for which the
                        Excess Contributions were made and the date of the
                        corrective distribution (the "Gap Period") shall be
                        disregarded for this purpose.


                                       29

<PAGE>


        6.6     LIMITATION ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Plan's provisions
for Matching Contributions are subject to the provisions of Code Section
401(m). Accordingly, these Matching Contributions must satisfy the Actual
Contribution Percentage Test (the "ACP Test") under Code Section 401(m)(2)
for each Plan Year.  The ACP Test shall be conducted in accordance with the
following rules:

                (a)     ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST.   For any Plan
                        Year, the ACP Test will be satisfied if the Actual
                        Contribution Percentage ("ACP") for the Highly
                        Compensated Employee Group does not exceed the greater
                        of:

                        (i)     1.25 times the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                                Employee Group; or

                        (ii)    The lesser of:

                                (A)     Two (2) times the ACP for the Nonhighly
                                        Compensated Employee Group; and

                                (B)     The ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                                        Employee Group plus two (2) percentage
                                        points.

                        Effective for Plan Years on and after January 1, 1997,
                        the ACP for the Highly Compensated Employee Group shall
                        be determined on the basis of data from the current Plan
                        Year, and the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee
                        Group shall be determined on the basis of data from the
                        immediately preceding Plan Year. Notwithstanding the
                        foregoing, for Plan  Years commencing on and after
                        January 1, 1997 through the end of the remedial
                        amendment period as described in Notice 97-41, and
                        modified by any subsequent Internal Revenue Service
                        publication, the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated
                        Employee Group may be determined on the basis of data
                        from the current Plan Year.

                (b)     DETERMINATION OF ACP TEST.  For purposes of determining
                        the precise manner in which the ACP Test is to be
                        conducted, including the definition of "Actual
                        Contribution Percentage," the provisions of Section
                        401(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated
                        thereunder are incorporated herein by reference
                        (sometimes referred to as the "401(m) Regulations").
                        For purposes of conducting the ACP Test, a Participant's
                        compensation shall be the Participant's compensation (as
                        defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-l(f)(2))
                        over the course of the Plan Year.  The Plan
                        Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to
                        demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP Test for each Plan
                        Year.


                                       30

<PAGE>


                (c)     PRELIMINARY ACP TEST.  The Plan Administrator may, from
                        time to time during the course of a Plan Year, make its
                        best estimate as to whether the ACP Test will be
                        satisfied for the Plan Year.  In doing so, the Plan
                        Administrator may conduct one or more preliminary ACP
                        Tests based on the projected compensation and
                        contribution level of Participants.  If it appears there
                        will be "Excess Aggregate Contributions" (as defined in
                        the 401(m) Regulations), the Plan Administrator may, in
                        its discretion, limit Matching Contributions in a manner
                        designed to prevent Excess Aggregate Contributions from
                        being made, or use a combination of methods acceptable
                        under the 401(m) Regulations, in order to provide
                        reasonable assurance that Excess Aggregate Contributions
                        will be avoided or be corrected during the Plan Year.

                (d)     CORRECTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.
                        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if it
                        is determined that Excess Aggregate Contributions exist
                        for a Plan Year, such Excess Aggregate Contributions
                        shall be corrected within 2 1/2 months after the end of
                        such Plan Year in order to avoid the imposition of an
                        excise tax that might otherwise apply under Section 4979
                        of the Code, and in any event within 12 months after the
                        close of the Plan Year for which the contributions were
                        made.  The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion,
                        use any one or more of the following correction methods,
                        as described in the 401(m) Regulations:

                        (i)     Allocation to the Matching Contribution Accounts
                                of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group of
                                any "Qualified Nonelective Contributions" (as
                                defined in the 401(m) Regulations) made by the
                                Employer, in the Employer's sole discretion;

                        (ii)    Distribution of any vested Excess Aggregate
                                Contributions (and any income allocable
                                thereto) to the appropriate Highly
                                Compensated Employees. Distribution of vested
                                Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be made
                                in accordance with the procedures for
                                distributing Excess Contributions as set
                                forth above in Section 6.5(d)(ii); or

                        (iii)   Forfeiture of any non-vested Excess Aggregate
                                Contributions (and any income allocable thereto)
                                made during the Plan Year on behalf of the
                                Highly Compensated Employee Group.

                (e)     ALLOCATION OF INCOME. If Excess Aggregate
                        Contributions are distributed, any income allocable to
                        the distributed Excess Aggregate Contributions shall
                        also be distributed.  The Plan Administrator shall
                        allocate income to such distributed Excess Contributions
                        in the same manner that other


                                       31

<PAGE>


                        income is allocated among Matching Contribution
                        Accounts under Article X of the Plan.  Income
                        allocable to the period between the close of the Plan
                        Year for which the Excess Aggregate Contributions
                        were made and the date of the corrective distribution
                        (the "Gap Period") shall be disregarded for this
                        purpose.

        6.7     MULTIPLE USE LIMITATION.   The Plan Administrator shall
ensure that multiple use of the "Alternative Limitation" does not occur, and
if it does, that it is corrected in accordance with Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(m)-2.  The term "Alternative Limitation" has the meaning
ascribed to such term under Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2) and refers to
the alternatives for satisfying the ADP and ACP Tests provided in Paragraphs
6.5(a)(ii) and 6.6(a)(ii), respectively.  If multiple use of the Alternative
Limitation occurs, it shall be corrected by reducing the ACP of the Highly
Compensated Employee Group in the manner described in Regulation Section
1.401(m)-l(e)(2), so that there is no multiple use of the Alternative
Limitation.  Instead of making this reduction, the Plan Administrator may
eliminate multiple use of the Alternative Limitation by allocating Qualified
Nonelective Contributions, if any, in accordance with Regulation Section
1.401(m)-l(b)(5).

                                       32

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE VII
                       DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS


        7.1     DEPOSIT OF EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  Upon receipt
of Employer or Matching Contributions, the Trustee shall immediately deposit
such Contributions in the Default Fund (as defined in Section 8.2(b)).
Effective August, 31, 1998, the Trustee shall deposit and allocate such
Contributions in accordance with the Participant's investment directions made
under Section 7.3 or 7.4.  Contributions for which no investment election is
made shall be deposited into the Default Fund until an investment election is
filed with the Plan Administrator.

        7.2     DEPOSIT OF PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.  Upon receipt of
Participant Contributions, the Trustee shall immediately deposit such
contributions in one or more of the Funds established under Section 8.2, as
directed by the Employer; provided that the Employer's directions to the
Trustee shall be based on the investment election of each Participant, made
in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 or 7.4.  Contributions for
which no investment election is made shall be deposited into the Default Fund
until an investment election is filed with the Plan Administrator.

        7.3     INVESTMENT ELECTION AT PARTICIPATION.  Each Participant in
Participant Contributions shall, upon electing to become a Participant under
the Plan pursuant to Section 3.2 and on a form suitable to the Plan
Administrator, make an election as to the manner in which Participant
Contributions made by the Employer on his behalf are to be invested by the
Trustee.  A Participant's investment election shall specify the percentage of
his Participant Contributions to be invested in one or more of the Funds
described in Section 8.2.  Unless changed by a Participant under Section 7.4,
the investment election initially made by a Participant shall remain in
effect until he ceases to be a Participant under the Plan.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, effective August 31, 1998, a Participant's investment election
hereunder shall apply to a Participant's entire Account, including  Employer
and Matching Contributions. Contributions for which no investment election is
made shall be deposited into the Default Fund until an investment election is
filed with the Plan Administrator.

        7.4     CHANGES IN INVESTMENT ELECTION.  A Participant may change his
investment election for Participant Contributions by filing with the Plan
Administrator a written election directing a change in his investment
election or by utilizing any other administrative procedures established by
the Plan Administrator.  Any such change shall apply to:

                (a)     Participant Contributions made by the Employer on the
                        Participant's behalf after the date the election becomes
                        effective;

                (b)     All amounts in the Participant's Participant
                        Contribution Account on the date the election becomes
                        effective; and


                                       33

<PAGE>


                (c)     All amounts in the Participant's Rollover Account, if
                        any.

                (d)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective August 31,
                        1998, a Participant's change in investment election
                        hereunder shall apply to a Participant's entire Account,
                        including  Employer and Matching Contributions.

Amounts already invested in the Life Insurance Fund (as defined in Section
8.2(b)) may be invested in another Fund only in connection with a
Participant's termination of life insurance coverage under the Plan.   In no
event may a Participant have any portion of his Rollover Contribution
Account, or any amount already in his Participant Contribution Account on the
date the election becomes effective (to the extent not previously used to
purchase life insurance), used to purchase life insurance.

        As of the Effective Date of the Plan, a Participant may change his
investment elections not more than once in any calendar quarter.  Effective
August 31, 1998, a Participant may make investment election changes at any
time. A change in an investment election will be implemented as soon as
administratively practicable after it is received by the Plan Administrator.


                                       34

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                         ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS


        8.1     ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS.  Under the circumstances described
below, the Plan Administrator shall establish one or more of the following
Accounts in the name of each Participant:

                (a)     In the case of a Participant on whose behalf the
                        Employer makes an Employer Contribution under subsection
                        5.1(a), an "Employer Contribution Account."  This
                        Account shall reflect the amount attributable to such
                        Employer Contributions made on such Participant's
                        behalf.

                (b)     In the case of a Participant on whose behalf the
                        Employer makes a Matching Contribution under subsection
                        5.1(b), a "Matching Contribution Account."  This Account
                        shall reflect the amount attributable to such Matching
                        Contributions made on such Participant's behalf.

                (c)     In the case of a Participant who elects any Compensation
                        reduction under Section 5.2, a "Participant Contribution
                        Account."  This Account shall reflect the amount
                        attributable to Participant Contributions made on such
                        Participant's behalf.

                (d)     In the case of a Participant who makes a Rollover
                        Contribution or an Elective Transfer under Section 5.3,
                        a "Rollover Contribution Account."  This Account shall
                        reflect the amount attributable to such Rollover
                        Contributions and Elective Transfers made by such
                        Participant.

                (e)     In the case of a Participant who made after-tax
                        contributions to this Plan prior to the Plan's January
                        1, 1987, restatement, an "After-Tax Contribution
                        Account."  This Account shall reflect the amount
                        attributable to such after-tax contributions made by
                        such Participant.

                (f)     In the case of a Participant who was a participant in
                        the former Sundstrand Corporation Thrift and Investment
                        Plan ("TIP") on September 30, 1983, a "Thrift and
                        Investment Plan Account."  This Account shall reflect
                        the amount transferred to this Plan from the TIP, to the
                        extent not yet withdrawn by the Participant.

        8.2     ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS.

                (a)     The Trustee, at the direction of the Plan Administrator,
                        shall establish separate investment funds under the
                        Trust Agreement.  The Plan


                                       35

<PAGE>


                        Administrator may direct the Trustee to add, change
                        or eliminate from time to time one or more investment
                        funds, without an amendment to the Plan and upon such
                        terms and conditions as it deems appropriate.
                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator
                        shall direct the Trustee, in accordance with Section
                        404(c) of ERISA, to make available at all times at
                        least three separate investment alternatives each of
                        which is diversified and which have materially
                        different risk and return characteristics.  The
                        investment alternatives in the aggregate shall enable
                        each Participant by choosing among them to achieve a
                        portfolio with aggregate risk and return
                        characteristics at any point within a range normally
                        appropriate for the Participant, and which in the
                        aggregate tend to minimize through diversification
                        the overall risk of the Participant's portfolio.  The
                        Plan intends to constitute a plan described in
                        Section 404(c) of ERISA, such that to the extent
                        permitted by law the fiduciaries of the Plan shall be
                        relieved of liability for any losses that are the
                        direct and necessary result of the investment
                        instructions given by Participants and Beneficiaries
                        under the Plan.

                (b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Funds
                        shall, at all times, include: (i) a Fund used for the
                        investment of Employer Matching Contributions and
                        Participant Contributions for which no investment
                        election is provided, which Fund is designed to preserve
                        capital and provide fixed income until an investment
                        election is made ("Default Fund"); (ii) a "Life
                        Insurance Fund" for the purpose of purchasing life
                        insurance under Article 8A (solely for amounts deposited
                        into such fund prior to August 31, 1998); and, (iii)
                        effective January 1, 2000, a Company Stock Fund, which
                        is designed to permit Participants to invest in shares
                        of common stock of Sauer, Inc., the parent company of
                        the Company ("Company Stock").

        8.3     COMPANY STOCK FUND.  The provisions of this Section 8.3 are
effective January 1, 2000, and sets forth special rules governing the
investment of Participant Contributions into the  Company Stock Fund.

                (a)     INVESTMENTS IN COMPANY STOCK FUND.  Participants may
                        elect to invest a portion of their Participant
                        Contributions in the Company Stock Fund.  The maximum
                        amount permitted to be invested shall be 30% of a
                        Participant's  Account balances, determined at the time
                        the amount is transferred to, or deposited in, the
                        Company Stock Fund.  The Company shall have the right
                        (i) to pay from amounts transferred to or deposited in
                        the Company Stock Fund  any brokerage fees and expenses
                        associated with such transfer and acquisition of Company
                        Stock, and (ii) to pay from the Participant's Accounts
                        any brokerage fees and expenses associated


                                       36

<PAGE>


                        with the conversion of such units to any other
                        Investment Fund and/or cash.

                (b)     VOTING RIGHTS.  Participants with Contributions invested
                        in Company stock  shall be entitled to vote the shares
                        allocated to the Participant's Account.   Within a
                        reasonable time prior to each annual or special meeting
                        of the shareholders of the Company, the Company shall
                        send to each Participant a copy of the proxy soliciting
                        material (including an annual report) for the meeting,
                        together with a form requesting instructions to the
                        Trustee on how to vote the proportional number of shares
                        of Company Stock (and any fractional share thereof)
                        attributable to the Participant's interest in the
                        Company Stock Fund.  Upon receipt of such instruction,
                        the Trustee shall vote such shares to the extent
                        possible to reflect such Participants instructions.  If
                        the Trustee does not receive voting instructions from a
                        Participant, the Trustee shall vote the Company Stock
                        attributable to each Participant's interest in the same
                        proportion as the Trustee votes the shares of Company
                        Stock which are attributable to Participants' interests
                        in the Company Stock Fund of which the Trustee received
                        voting instructions.

                        Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
                        contrary, if a tender or exchange offer is made for a
                        majority of the outstanding shares of Company Stock, a
                        Participant shall direct the Trustee as to the
                        disposition of the proportional number of shares of
                        Company Stock attributable to his interest in the
                        Company Stock Fund.  If a Participant does not direct
                        the Trustee as to the disposition of the Company Stock
                        attributable to his Company Stock Fund with the time
                        specified, such Participant shall be deemed to have
                        timely instructed the Trustee not to tender or exchange
                        such shares of Company Stock.

                        Information relating to the purchase, holding and sale
                        of Company Stock and the exercise of shareholder rights
                        with respect to such Company Stock by Participants shall
                        be maintained in accordance with procedures designed by
                        the Trustee to safeguard the confidentiality of such
                        actions by the Participant, except to the extent
                        necessary to comply with federal or state laws.

                (c)     COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.  The Company
                        reserves the right to file with the Securities Exchange
                        Commission (the "SEC") a Registration Statement on Form
                        S-8 in connection with registration of the shares of
                        common stock of the Company and the participation
                        interests to be offered and sold to the Plan.


                                       37

<PAGE>


                        Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the
                        contrary, if a Participant is a person subject to
                        Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934
                        ("Section 16") as of January 1, 2000, such Participant
                        shall not be permitted to invest his Participant
                        Contributions in the Company Stock Fund until such time
                        as he is no longer subject to Section 16.  If a
                        Participant is not subject to Section 16 as of January
                        1, 2000, but later becomes subject to Section 16, he
                        shall not be permitted, as of the date he becomes
                        subject to such Section, to invest future Participant
                        Contributions in the Company Stock Fund.  With respect
                        to investments already made in the Company Stock Fund,
                        such Participant shall, at his option, make an election
                        to transfer out of the Common Stock Fund; provided that
                        such transfer is made at least six months after any
                        investment election into the Common Stock Fund, or
                        purchase of Company stock under any other plan
                        maintained by the Company.

        8.4     INCOME ON FUNDS.  Any dividends, interest, distributions, or
other income received by the Trustee with respect to any of the Funds
established under Section 8.2 shall be reinvested by the Trustee in the Fund
in respect of which such income was received.

        8.5     RECORD OF INFORMATION.   With respect to each payroll period
in which the Employer delivers contributions to the Trustee, the Employer
shall also prepare and deliver the following information with respect to each
Participant:

                (a)     The amount of such contribution which represents an
                        Employer Contribution;

                (b)     The amount of such contribution which represents a
                        Matching Contribution;

                (c)     The amount of such contribution which represents a
                        Participant Contribution; and

                (d)     The manner in which such contribution is to be deposited
                        and invested by the Trustee in accordance with the
                        provisions of Article VII.

        8.6     ACCOUNT BALANCES.  For all purposes of the Plan, the balance
of each Account of a Participant as of any date shall be the balance of such
Account after all credits and charges thereto for and as of such date have
been made, as provided in the Plan and the Trust Agreement.


                                       38

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE VIIIA
                                    LIFE INSURANCE


        8A.1    PURCHASE OF POLICIES.  Upon written instructions from the
Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall apply any Participant Contributions
designated by a Participant for investment in the Life Insurance Fund toward
the purchase, from a legal reserve life insurance company or companies
authorized to do business in any one of the jurisdictions in which the
Employer employs Participants, of a life insurance policy or policies on the
life of such Participant, on the life of such Participant's spouse, and/or on
the life of such Participant's child(ren), as designated by the Participant.
Any such policy or policies shall be subject to the provisions of this
Article VIIIA.

        8A.2    POLICY TERMS.   Limitations as to coverage, insurability,
premium rates, convertibility and other matters shall be subject to the
provisions of the policy issued by, or the underwriting guidelines of, the
insurance company or companies from which such insurance coverage is
purchased. All such policies shall designate the Trustee as the sole owner,
with exclusive power to exercise all rights, privileges, options and
elections granted or permitted thereunder; provided, however, that the
exercise of such power by the Trustee shall be subject to the right of the
Plan Administrator to direct the Trustee with respect thereto or to require
the Trustee to obtain its approval before exercising any such power.  All
such directions by the Plan Administrator shall be made on a uniform,
nondiscriminatory basis.

        8A.3    PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS.  The Trustee, upon written instructions
from the Plan Administrator, shall pay each premium on any policy or policies
held for the benefit of a Participant and shall charge such premium payment
to the Life Insurance Fund.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to pay
any premium, however, unless the Plan Administrator acknowledges in writing
that there are funds available from the interest of such Participant in the
Life Insurance Fund to make such payment.

        8A.4    OVERRIDING CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS.   Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan, at no time shall the aggregate of the premiums
paid under the Trust for any ordinary life insurance policy or policies
(within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Rulings 54-51 and
61-164) on the life of any Participant, such Participant's spouse, and such
Participant's child(ren) equal or exceed one-half of the Participant's
Participant Contributions, nor at any time shall the aggregate of the
premiums paid under the Trust for any policy or policies on the life of any
Participant, such Participant's spouse, and such Participant's child(ren)
that provide pure life insurance protection equal or exceed one-fourth of the
Participant's Participant Contributions.  In order to comply with this
limitation, the Plan Administrator shall, in writing, direct the Trustee to
take such action with respect to any such policy or policies held by it as
the Plan Administrator shall deem advisable, including, but not limited to,
conversion to paid-up basis or partial or total surrender of such policy or
policies or any part or parts thereof.  At all times, each such policy on the
life of any Participant, such Participant's spouse, and/or


                                       39

<PAGE>


such Participant's child(ren) shall be owned by the Trustee as part of the
Life Insurance Fund.

       8A.5    DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY, DEATH BENEFITS.

                (a)     RECEIPT OF POLICY PROCEEDS.  Subject to the provisions
                        of Section 4.2, the Beneficiary shall receive from any
                        life insurance policy purchased under the Plan any and
                        all proceeds paid, excluding any cash value, and the
                        Trustee shall be the beneficiary designated to receive
                        any cash value payable from any life insurance policy or
                        policies purchased under the Plan.

                (b)     DEATH OF PARTICIPANT.  In the event of the death of a
                        Participant on whose life an insurance policy is held
                        under the Trust, the Trustee shall receive the cash
                        value of such policy and shall as soon as practical
                        thereinafter pay such amount in accordance with the
                        terms of the Beneficiary designation form filed by such
                        Participant with the Plan Administrator pursuant to
                        Section 4.1 or, failing any effective Beneficiary
                        designation, to the Beneficiary determined under Section
                        4.2.

                        The ownership of any policy held by the Trust on the
                        life of a Participant's spouse and/or child(ren) at the
                        time of the Participant's death shall be assigned by the
                        Trustee to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated
                        pursuant to Section 4.1 to receive the Participant's
                        interest in the Plan or, failing any effective
                        Beneficiary designation, to the Beneficiary determined
                        under Section 4.2.

                (c)     DEATH OF PARTICIPANT'S SPOUSE OR CHILD.  In the event of
                        the death of a Participant's spouse or child on whose
                        life an insurance policy is held under the Trust, the
                        Trustee shall receive the proceeds of such policy and
                        shall, at the Participant's direction, either (i) invest
                        all of such proceeds, including any cash value and
                        interest accruing since the death of the spouse or child
                        (hereinafter, "post-death interest"), in one or more of
                        the Funds established under Section 8.2, or (ii) pay all
                        or part of such proceeds, except any cash value and
                        post-death interest, to the Participant and invest such
                        cash value and post-death interest in one or more of the
                        Funds established under Section 8.2.  In the event the
                        Participant has not provided the Trustee with such
                        direction, the Trustee shall invest all of such
                        proceeds, including any cash value and post-death
                        interest, in the Default Fund.  By filing a written
                        election with the Plan Administrator, in accordance with
                        the provisions of Section 7.4, a Participant may direct
                        the investment of all or any portion of the policy
                        proceeds retained in the Plan, including any cash value
                        and post-death interest, in one or more of the Funds
                        established under Section 8.2.  Notwithstanding anything
                        herein to the contrary, in no event may a Participant
                        elect to have such proceeds, or


                                       40

<PAGE>


                        any gains arising therefrom, used to purchase life
                        insurance under the Plan.

                        The provisions of the Plan relating to distributions
                        upon a Participant's termination of participation in the
                        Plan, or upon the Plan's termination, shall apply (to
                        the extent retained in the Plan) to the proceeds from a
                        policy on the life of a Participant's spouse or
                        child(ren) and to all gains and losses arising
                        therefrom.

        8A.6    OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS; VESTING.

                (a)     On the termination of a Participant's employment by the
                        Employer for any reason other than death, the former
                        Participant shall have a vested interest in the cash
                        surrender value, if any, of each policy on his life, the
                        life of his spouse, and/or the life of his child(ren),
                        then held under the Trust Agreement.

                (b)     Distribution of the vested interest of a former
                        Participant determined under subsection 8A.6(a) shall be
                        made in the form of an insurance policy or policies
                        delivered to such former Participant as soon as
                        reasonably practicable; provided, that, at the election
                        of the Participant and upon the Plan Administrator's
                        written instructions to the Trustee, such interest shall
                        be distributed to the former Participant in cash.

                (c)     To implement the provisions of this Article VIIIA, the
                        Plan Administrator, shall in writing direct the Trustee
                        to take such action with respect to any policy or
                        policies held hereunder as the Plan Administrator shall
                        deem advisable, including, but not limited to,
                        conversion to a paid up basis or surrender of the policy
                        or policies or any part or parts thereof.  In no event
                        may any policy or policies, or any portion of the value
                        thereof, be retained in the Trust after a former
                        Participant's Settlement Date, or after any termination
                        of the Plan, for the purpose of continuing the life
                        insurance protection for such former Participant.

        8A.7    LIFE INSURANCE SUNSET PROVISION.  Notwithstanding anything in
this Article to the contrary, the Life Insurance Fund shall be frozen as of
August 30, 1998.  No further Contributions from any source shall be deposited
into or transferred to the Life Insurance Fund after August 30, 1998.  No
further actions may be taken, or changes made, with respect to any life
insurance policy in any Account on or after August 30, 1998.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a Participant shall have the right at any time to surrender
any insurance policy purchased on behalf of his or her Account under the Plan
and to have the proceeds of such surrendered policy invested according to the
Participant's investment election under Section 7.3 or 7.4.


                                       41

<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                        LOANS


        9.1     LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS.  Subject to the provisions of this
Article IX, an Active Participant may, by filing a written loan application
with the Plan Administrator, borrow money from the Plan which is attributable
to (a) his Participant Contributions, and (b) his Rollover Contributions and
Elective Transfers.  The Plan Administrator shall approve the loan
application of an Active Participant if the loan satisfies the requirements
of this Article IX and if the loan complies with such administrative rules
and procedures as the Plan Administrator may adopt in writing.

        9.2     LIMITATIONS.  The following restrictions, limitations and
requirements shall be observed by the Plan Administrator in approving or
denying any loan application:

                (a)     No more than two (2) loans may be approved with respect
                        to any Active Participant in any Plan Year;

                (b)     No additional loan may be made if at the time such loan
                        is to be made the Active Participant applying for such
                        loan has two loans under the Plan outstanding (a loan
                        which is in default shall be considered an outstanding
                        loan);

                (c)     The amount that an Active Participant may borrow is
                        limited to the amount determined under paragraph (i) or
                        (ii), whichever is less:

                        (i)     Fifty percent (50%) of the total vested value of
                                the Active Participant's Participant
                                Contribution and Rollover Accounts, or

                        (ii)    $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of:

                                (A)     The highest outstanding balance of loans
                                        from the Plan to the Active Participant
                                        during the one-year period ending on the
                                        day before the date a new loan is made,
                                        over

                                (B)     The outstanding balance of loans from
                                        the Plan to the Active Participant on
                                        the date a new loan is made;

                        For purposes of this subsection 9.2(c), the value of an
                        Active Participant's Accounts shall be determined as of
                        the Revaluation Date coincident with the date on which
                        the Active Participant files his loan application.

                (d)     Loans may be made only for a period of months, not to
                        exceed 60 months,


                                       42

<PAGE>


                        as elected by the Participant; provided that no loan
                        may be made for a period that would extend beyond the
                        date on which the recipient of the loan ceases to be
                        an Active Participant; and

                (e)     No loan may be made for less than $500.

        For purposes of this Section, amounts invested in the Life Insurance
Fund shall not be taken into consideration when determining the value of an
Active Participant's Accounts.

        9.3     INTEREST RATE.   The interest rate to be paid by an Active
Participant on a new loan shall be the prime lending rate published by the
WALL STREET JOURNAL on the business day next preceding the day on which the
application for the loan is received by the Plan Administrator, plus 1-1/2
percentage points.  Effective August 31, 1998, the interest rate shall be the
prime lending rate published by the WALL STREET JOURNAL on the first business
day of the month preceding the month in which the application for the loan is
received by the Plan Administrator, plus 1-1/2 percentage points.

        9.4     REPAYMENT.   Interest and principal on a loan shall be repaid
by an Active Participant in equal installments through payroll deductions
over the period of the loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Active
Participant may at any time, by a single lump sum, repay the full amount of
any loan outstanding to him (including any interest accrued but unpaid as of
such date).

        9.5     DOCUMENTATION.   Each loan must be evidenced by a written
loan agreement, signed by the Active Participant, in which he personally
guarantees the repayment of the loan and secures the loan with fifty percent
(50%) of his vested interest in the Plan.  The Active Participant must
execute a payroll deduction authorization on such form as is prescribed by
the Plan Administrator, which authorization shall be irrevocable for the
period of the loan.

        9.6     SECURITY, COLLECTION.   Each loan from the Plan to an Active
Participant shall be secured by fifty percent (50%) of the Active
Participant's vested interest in the Plan.  Any of the following events shall
constitute a default of a loan granted pursuant to this Article IX:

                (a)     The recipient of the loan ceases to be an Active
                        Participant;

                (b)     The Plan terminates;

                (c)     The recipient of the loan fails to make any payment
                        required under this Article IX within 30 days of the
                        date such payment is due;

                (d)     The filing for relief, by or against the recipient of
                        the loan, under the United States Bankruptcy Code, which
                        proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days of filing; or


                                       43

<PAGE>


                (e)     The past or future making of a false representation or
                        warranty by the recipient of the loan in connection with
                        any loan or loans to him under the Plan.

If an event of default described in subsections (a) or (b) of this Section
9.6 occurs with respect to an Active Participant's loan, the loan shall
become immediately due and payable and shall be repaid out of the Active
Participant's interest in the Plan by reducing his Account balances
accordingly.  The foregoing right of set-off shall not be construed as
authorizing the Plan Administrator to defer collection of a loan until the
termination of an Active Participant's employment, but merely provides a
method of ensuring payment by such time.

        If an event of default described in subsection (c) of this Section
9.6 occurs with respect to an Active Participant's loan, the loan shall be
immediately due and payable, and pursuant to Section 72(p) of the Code, a
deemed distribution equal to any unpaid principal and interest shall be
reported to the Internal Revenue Service; provided, however, that the loan
shall not be satisfied out of the Active Participant's interest in the Plan
prior to his attainment of age 59 1/2 or entitlement to a distribution under
the terms of the Plan.  If an event of default described in subsections (d)
or (e) of this Section 9.6 occurs with respect to an Active Participant's
loan, the loan shall be immediately due and payable, but shall not be
satisfied out of the Active Participant's interest in the Plan prior to his
attainment of age 59 1/2 or entitlement to a distribution under the terms of
the Plan.  Nothing in this Section 9.6 shall be construed to relieve a
borrower from his obligation to make timely payments as required by Section
9.4, Section 9.5, and the written loan agreement.

        9.7     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.   In addition to the limitations
contained in Section 9.2, the Plan Administrator may further limit the amount
lent to any Active Participant in order to maintain a reserve chargeable
against such Participant's interest in the Plan for income taxes that would
have to be withheld by the Trustee if the loan were to become a deemed
distribution to such Participant under  Section 72(p) of the Code.   In the
event the loan becomes a deemed distribution to the Active Participant, any
such taxes required to be withheld by the Trustee (whether or not such a
reserve has been created) shall be charged to and shall reduce such
Participant's interest in the Plan, to the extent possible, and any excess
shall be treated as an administrative expense of the Plan that shall be
reimbursed by such Participant.

        9.8     ACCOUNTING.   Upon approving a loan to an Active Participant,
the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to draw the amount of the
loan from the Funds in which the Participant's Participant Contribution and
Rollover Accounts are invested, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that
no amount shall be drawn from the Participant's investment in the Life
Insurance Fund, if any.

        An Active Participant's payments of principal and interest on a loan
made under this Article IX shall be reinvested by the Trustee in accordance
with the Active Participant's


                                       44

<PAGE>

investment election for his Participant Contribution and Rollover Accounts
then in effect; provided, however, that no payments under this provision
shall be invested in the Life Insurance Fund.  The Trustee shall make the
appropriate credits and charges to the Funds involved in such payments of
principal and interest.


                                   ARTICLE X
                             VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS

        10.1    REVALUATION OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST.  As of each
Revaluation Date, the Plan Administrator shall adjust each separate Account
of each Participant, each former Participant, and each Beneficiary to reflect
any increase or decrease in net worth of the Funds since the immediately
preceding Revaluation Date.  Such adjustment shall be done in the following
manner:

                (a)     The Trustee shall revalue all of the assets of the Funds
                        at fair market value, provided that the Life Insurance
                        Fund shall be valued at the cash value of the life
                        insurance contract(s).  In determining the fair market
                        value, the following rules shall apply:

                        (i)     All transactions involving the purchase or sale
                                of investments, which have been executed but for
                                which settlement has not been made, on or before
                                the Revaluation Date, shall be treated as though
                                settlement had been made.

                        (ii)    Assets that are regularly traded on established
                                markets shall be valued at the last sale price
                                on the Revaluation Date, or, if no sale price is
                                quoted on such Revaluation Date, then at the bid
                                price last quoted on or prior to the close of
                                business on such date.

                        (iii)   All other assets of the Trust Fund shall be
                                valued in accordance with usual valuation
                                practices.

                (b)     The Plan Administrator shall then, on the basis of the
                        valuation provided under subsection 10.l(a) and after
                        making appropriate adjustments for the amount of any
                        contributions, distributions, or withdrawals since the
                        immediately preceding Revaluation Date, ascertain the
                        net increase or decrease in net worth of the Funds
                        attributable to net earnings and all gains and losses,
                        both realized and unrealized, since the immediately
                        preceding Revaluation Date.

                (c)     The Plan Administrator shall then allocate the net
                        increase or decrease in the net worth of the Funds as
                        determined among all Participants, former Participants,
                        and Beneficiaries who have an interest in such Funds,


                                       45

<PAGE>


                        separately with respect to each of such Funds, in the
                        ratio that the balance of each separate Account of each
                        such Participant, and of the distribution account of
                        each such former Participant or Beneficiary, on such
                        Revaluation Date bears to the aggregate of the balances
                        of all such Accounts on such Revaluation Date, and shall
                        credit or charge, as the case may be, each such Account
                        with the amount of its allocated share; provided that
                        the interest of each Participant, former Participant,
                        and Beneficiary in the Life Insurance Fund shall be
                        equal to the cash value of the life insurance
                        contract(s) held under such Fund for the benefit of such
                        Participant, former Participant, or Beneficiary.

                (d)     Finally, the Plan Administrator shall credit to each
                        Account of each Participant, in accordance with the
                        provisions of Article V, his contributions since the
                        preceding Revaluation Date, shall debit each account of
                        each Participant with the amount of distributions made
                        therefrom since the preceding Revaluation Date, and
                        shall make such other adjustments to each Account of
                        each Participant as are necessary to reflect a
                        Participant's change in investment election with respect
                        to contributions previously credited to the
                        Participant's Accounts, as provided in Section 7.4.

        10.2    INVESTMENT FUND ACCOUNTING.  The Employer (or designated
record keeper) shall maintain records for each Participant's Participant
Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, After-Tax Contribution
Account, Thrift and Investment Plan Account, if any, that reflect the value
of each Participant's share in the Funds.

        10.3    FINALITY OF DETERMINATIONS.  The Trustee shall have exclusive
responsibility for determining the net income, liabilities and value of the
assets of the Funds.  The Plan Administrator shall have exclusive
responsibility for determining the balance of each Account maintained under
the Plan.  The Trustee's and the Plan Administrator's determinations shall be
conclusive upon the Employer and all Participants, former Participants, and
Beneficiaries under the Plan.

        10.4    NOTIFICATION.   As soon as reasonably possible after the end
of each calendar quarter, the Plan Administrator shall notify each
Participant, former Participant, or Beneficiary of the balance of his
separate Accounts as of the last day of such calendar quarter.


                                       46

<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE XI
                              WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED


        11.1    EMPLOYER AND MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS.  Except as
provided in Section 11.4, a Participant who remains employed by the Employer
may not withdraw any portion of his Employer or Matching Contribution
Accounts.

        11.2    PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  Except as provided in
Section 11.4, a Participant who remains employed by the Employer may withdraw
amounts from his Participant Contribution Account only for reasons of
financial hardship (hereinafter referred to as a "Hardship Withdrawal"), as
described in this Section 11.2.

                (a)     FINANCIAL HARDSHIP.  A withdrawal shall be for financial
                        hardship only if it is made on account of an immediate
                        and heavy financial need of the Participant and is
                        necessary to satisfy that financial need.

                (b)     IMMEDIATE AND HEAVY FINANCIAL NEED.  A withdrawal will
                        be considered to be made on account of a Participant's
                        immediate and heavy financial need only if the
                        distribution is for:

                        (i)     Expenses for medical care described in Section
                                213(d) of the Code either previously incurred by
                                the Participant or his spouse or dependents (as
                                defined in Section 152 of the Code) or necessary
                                for these persons to obtain such medical care;

                        (ii)    Costs directly related to the purchase of a
                                principal residence for the Participant (but not
                                to pay mortgage payments);

                        (iii)   Payment of tuition and related educational fees,
                                including room and board, for the next 12 months
                                of post-secondary education for the Participant
                                or his spouse, children, or dependents (as
                                defined in Section 152 of the Code); or

                        (iv)    Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of
                                the Participant from his principal residence or
                                foreclosure on the mortgage on that principal
                                residence.

                (c)     DISTRIBUTION NECESSARY TO SATISFY HARDSHIP.  A
                        distribution will be treated as necessary to satisfy a
                        Participant's financial need only if:

                        (i)     The distribution is not in excess of the amount
                                required to relieve the immediate and heavy
                                financial need, including any amounts


                                       47

<PAGE>


                                necessary to pay any federal, state, or local
                                income taxes or penalties reasonably
                                anticipated to result from the distribution;
                                and

                        (ii)    The Participant cannot relieve that need from
                                other resources reasonably available to him,
                                including any assets of the Participant's spouse
                                and minor children that are reasonably available
                                to him (but excluding property held for the
                                Participant's child under an irrevocable trust
                                or the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                (d)     REPRESENTATIONS BY PARTICIPANT.   Absent actual
                        knowledge to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall
                        treat a Participant as satisfying the requirements of
                        subsection 11.2(c) if the Participant represents, in
                        writing, that his financial need cannot reasonably be
                        relieved through any of the following:

                        (i)     Reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
                                otherwise;

                        (ii)    Liquidation of the Participant's assets;

                        (iii)   Cessation of Participant Contributions;

                        (iv)    Other distributions or nontaxable (at the time
                                of the loan) loans from plans maintained by the
                                Employer or by any other employer; or

                        (v)     Borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable
                                commercial terms in an amount sufficient to
                                satisfy the need.

                                For purposes of this subsection 11.2(d), a need
                                cannot reasonably be relieved by one of the
                                actions listed above if the effect would be to
                                increase the amount of the need.

                (e)     SOURCE OF HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL.   In no event shall a
                        Hardship Withdrawal be permitted with respect to amounts
                        other than the portion of a Participant's Participant
                        Contribution Account consisting of:

                        (i)     Participant Contributions, regardless of when
                                made,

                        (ii)    Qualified Nonelective Contributions, regardless
                                of when made, and

                        (iii)   Income allocable to both Participant and
                                Qualified Nonelective Contributions, to the
                                extent such income was credited to the


                                       48

<PAGE>


                                Participant's Participant Contribution Account
                                as of December 31, 1988.

                (f)     APPLICATION FOR HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL.   A Participant who
                        wishes to receive a Hardship Withdrawal shall submit a
                        written request to the Plan Administrator, on a form
                        acceptable to the Plan Administrator, and in accordance
                        with any rules and procedures established by the Plan
                        Administrator.  The Plan Administrator, acting in a
                        uniform nondiscriminatory manner, shall approve any
                        Hardship Withdrawal request that meets the requirements
                        described in this Section 11.2, and shall deny all other
                        Hardship Withdrawal requests.  Hardship withdrawals so
                        approved shall be made as soon as administratively
                        practicable.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.2, an "alternate
payee," as defined in Section 12.7, shall be eligible to make hardship
withdrawals in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.2; provided,
however, that the amount available for withdrawal shall be limited to the
amount payable to such alternate payee under Section 12.7.

        11.3    ROLLOVER, AFTER-TAX, AND THRIFT AND INVESTMENT PLAN ACCOUNTS.
 A Participant who remains employed by the Employer may withdraw all or any
portion of his Rollover, After-Tax, or Thrift and Investment Plan Account by
submitting a written request to the Plan Administrator, on a form acceptable
to the Plan Administrator.  Any such form shall specify the Account or
Accounts from which the withdrawal is to be made.  The withdrawal shall be
drawn pro rata from each of the Funds in which that Account or those Accounts
are invested, in accordance with the Participant's investment election then
in effect under Article VII.  The withdrawal shall be effected as soon as
administratively feasible after the Plan Administrator's receipt of the
request form.

        11.4    ATTAINMENT OF AGE  59 1/2 OR DISABILITY.   Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article XI, a Participant who remains employed by
the Employer may withdraw all or any portion of his vested Plan benefit upon
attaining age 59 1/2 or becoming disabled.  For this purpose, a Participant
shall be "Disabled" if, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, his
condition is described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(1) of the Code.  A
Participant may make a withdrawal under this Section 11.4 by submitting a
written request to the Plan Administrator, on a form acceptable to the Plan
Administrator, and in accordance with any rules and procedures established by
the Plan Administrator. Any such form shall specify the Account or Accounts
from which the withdrawal is to be made. The withdrawal shall be drawn pro
rata from each of the Funds in which that Account or those Accounts are
invested, in accordance with the Participant's investment election then in
effect under Article VII.

        11.5    FORM OF PAYMENT.   All amounts withdrawn under this Article
XI shall be paid to the Participant in cash by check.


                                       49

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE XII
                      DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

        12.1    TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION.  Each Participant shall cease
to be a Participant under the Plan on the date such Participant's employment
with the employer is terminated for any reason, including layoff (in excess
of one year), Disability, or death.

        12.2    VESTING.

                (a)     The interest of a Participant in his Employer and
                        Matching Contribution Accounts shall vest as follows:

                        (i)     Upon his termination of employment at or after
                                his Normal Retirement Date, one hundred percent
                                (100%).

                        (ii)    Upon his death or Disability, one hundred
                                percent (100%), or

                        (iii)   Upon any other termination of employment, in
                                accordance with the following schedule:


                                  YEARS OF SERVICE         NONFORFEITABLE
                                                             PERCENTAGE*
                               Date Employee is hired            20
                                         1                       40
                                         2                       60
                                         3                       80
                                     4 or more                  100


                (b)     The interest of a Participant in any Account other than
                        his Employer or Matching Contribution Account shall at
                        all times be one hundred percent (100%) vested and not
                        subject to forfeiture.

                (c)     Upon the Plan's termination or the Employer's complete
                        discontinuance of contributions, each Participant shall
                        become one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Employer
                        and Matching Contribution Accounts.

- ------------------------
     *  A Participant's nonforfeitable percentage shall be calculated to the
nearest one thousandth of one percent, based on the number of completed years
and days of Service.


                                       50

<PAGE>



        12.3    FORFEITURES.   Upon the termination of a Participant's
employment with the Employer for any reason other than retirement on or after
his 65th birthday, death, or Disability, the Plan Administrator shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the termination and shall direct the Trustee to
make payment of the Participant's Participant Contribution Account, Rollover
Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, Thrift and Investment Plan Account,
if any, and the vested portion of his Employer and Matching Contribution
Accounts, as of the Revaluation Date coincident with his date of termination
of employment, in a method provided under Section 12.4. The vested portion
of a Participant's Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts shall be
determined in accordance with Section 12.2.

        The nonvested portion, if any, of his Employer and Matching
Contribution Accounts shall be retained in such Accounts until a sufficient
period has elapsed to determine whether he will be reemployed before
incurring a one-year Break in Service.  If he is reemployed before incurring
a one-year Break in Service, his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts
will continue to vest. If he incurs a one-year Break in Service, the
non-vested portion of such Accounts shall be deemed a forfeiture and used to
reduce the Employer and Matching Contributions of the Employer for the Plan
Year in which the Participant incurs such one-year Break in Service.  If a
Participant is rehired by the Employer after incurring a one-year Break in
Service but before incurring five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, any
portion of his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts that was forfeited
on his earlier termination of employment shall be restored to him.  Such
restoration shall be effected through forfeitures arising during the year of
the Participant's reemployment and, if such forfeitures are insufficient,
additional Employer Contributions.

        On such Participant's subsequent termination of employment before
becoming fully vested in his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts, the
portion of his Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts distributable on
such subsequent termination of employment shall be calculated as follows:

                (a)     The amount distributed to the Participant from his
                        Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts on his
                        earlier termination of employment shall be added to his
                        Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts at such
                        time;

                (b)     The amount determined under subsection 12.3(a) shall be
                        multiplied by the Participant's vested percentage as of
                        the date of his subsequent termination of employment, as
                        determined under Section 12.2; and

                (c)     The amount distributed to the Participant on his earlier
                        termination of employment shall be deducted from the
                        product calculated under subsection 12.3(b) to determine
                        the amount distributable on his subsequent termination
                        of employment.

        12.4    DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  Upon a Participant's
termination


                                       51

<PAGE>


of employment with the Employer for any reason described in Code Section
401(k)(2)(B)(i)(1), the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
distribute to that Participant or his Beneficiary the vested portion of the
Participant's Accounts (as determined under Section 12.2), in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 12.4.

                (a)     DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANTS.   Upon a Participant's
                        termination of employment with the Employer for any
                        reason other than the Participant's death, the
                        Participant may elect to receive the vested portion of
                        his Accounts in either of the following forms:

                        (i)     A single lump sum, payable within a reasonable
                                time after the 120th day following the Plan
                                Administrator's receipt of the Participant's
                                election, or

                        (ii)    A series of installment payments over a fixed
                                period of time that is not less than two (2)
                                years and not more than the joint life
                                expectancy of the Participant and his
                                Beneficiary.  For this purpose, life
                                expectancies shall be determined under Tables V
                                and VI of Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9 (or
                                such other sources as may be required for use
                                under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                                regulations thereunder) and shall not be
                                recalculated in years following the initial
                                determination.  The amount of the first
                                installment payment shall be determined by
                                multiplying the value of the total vested
                                portion of the Participant's Accounts as of the
                                Revaluation Date coincident with the date as of
                                which the installment is payable by a fraction,
                                the numerator of which is one (1) and the
                                denominator of which is the total number of
                                installment payments.  The amount of each
                                subsequent installment payment shall be
                                determined by multiplying the value of the total
                                vested portion of the Participant's Accounts as
                                of the date as of which the installment is
                                payable by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                                one (1) and the denominator of which is the
                                remaining number of installment payments.  Such
                                installment payments shall be made on a
                                quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis, as
                                elected by the Participant.  The first
                                installment payment shall be made within a
                                reasonable time after the 120th day following
                                the Plan Administrator's receipt of the
                                Participant's election.

                (b)     DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARIES.   Upon a Participant's
                        termination of employment with the Employer by reason of
                        the Participant's death, the Participant's designated
                        Beneficiary(ies) may elect to receive a distribution of
                        the vested portion of the Participant's Accounts in
                        either of the following forms:


                                       52

<PAGE>


                        (i)     A single lump sum, payable within a reasonable
                                time after the Participant's death, or

                        (ii)    A series of installment payments over a fixed
                                period of time that is not less than two (2)
                                years and not more than five (5) years;
                                provided, however, the period of time over which
                                the series of installment payments is paid shall
                                not exceed the Beneficiary's life expectancy.
                                For this purpose, life expectancy shall be
                                determined under Table V of the Treasury
                                Regulation Section 1.72-9 (or such other sources
                                as may be required for use under Section
                                401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
                                thereunder) and shall not be recalculated in
                                years following the initial determination.  The
                                amount of the first installment payment shall be
                                determined by multiplying the value of the total
                                vested portion of the Participant's Accounts as
                                of the Revaluation Date coincident with the date
                                as of which the installment is payable by a
                                fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and
                                the denominator of which is the total number of
                                installment payments.  The amount of each
                                subsequent installment payment shall be
                                determined by multiplying the value of the total
                                vested portion of the Participant's Accounts as
                                of the date as of which the installment is
                                payable by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                                one (1) and the denominator of which is the
                                remaining number of installment payments.  Such
                                installment payments shall be made on a
                                quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis, as
                                elected by the Beneficiary.  The first such
                                installment payment shall be made within a
                                reasonable time after the Participant's death.

                (c)     LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS.   Any lump sum distribution
                        shall be made in cash by check.

                (d)     INSTALLMENT DISTRIBUTIONS.   All installment
                        distributions shall be made in cash by check.  Any
                        Participant (or, in the case of a distribution under
                        Paragraph 12.4(b)(ii), any Participant's Beneficiary)
                        electing to receive an installment distribution may
                        elect to have the vested portion of the Participant's
                        Accounts invested in any one or more of the Funds
                        (other than the Life Insurance Fund) after the
                        Participant's Settlement Date; provided, however,
                        that only one such election may be made after such
                        Settlement Date, which election must be made prior to
                        the payment of the first installment.  Installment
                        payments will be drawn pro-rata from the
                        Participant's balances in the Funds.  In the event a
                        Participant or Beneficiary dies before receiving all
                        installment payments to which he


                                      53

<PAGE>


                        would otherwise be entitled, the remaining portion of
                        the Participant's vested Accounts shall be paid in a
                        single lump sum to the Participant's designated
                        Beneficiary(ies) (or, in the case of a distribution
                        being made under Paragraph 12.4(b)(ii), as provided
                        in Section 4.2).

                (e)     LIFE INSURANCE FUND.   Notwithstanding the preceding
                        provisions of this Section 12.4, any interest in the
                        Life Insurance Fund shall be distributed to a
                        Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the
                        provisions of Sections 8A.5 and 8A.6.

                (f)     IN-KIND DISTRIBUTIONS.  Effective January 1, 2000, a
                        Participant may elect to receive amounts distributed
                        from his Account invested in the Company Stock Fund in
                        whole shares of Company Stock, with any fractional
                        shares paid in cash.  Such election and the method of
                        transfer of the shares shall be in such form and manner
                        as is established by the Plan Administrator.

        12.5    DISTRIBUTION OF SMALL AMOUNTS.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the vested portion of a
Participant's Accounts as of the Participant's Settlement Date does not
exceed $3,500 (effective January 1, 1998, $5,000) (and did not exceed such
amount at the time of any prior distribution from such Accounts) that amount
shall be distributed to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single lump sum,
as soon as administratively practicable following that Settlement Date.   If
the vested portion of a Participant's Accounts does exceed $3,500 (effective
January 1, 1998, $5,000) (or did exceed such amount at the time of any prior
distribution from such Accounts) that amount shall not be distributed prior
to the Participant's (or, in the case of a distribution under subsection
12.4(b), the Participant's Beneficiary's) attainment of age 70 1/2, unless
the Participant or Beneficiary (as the case may be) shall have consented in
writing to an earlier distribution.

        12.6    COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTIONS.   Notwithstanding anything in
this Article XII to the contrary (except the last paragraph of this Section
12.6), if the vested portion of the Participant's Accounts exceeds $3,500
(effective January 1, 1998, $5,000) (or exceeded such amount at the time of
any prior distribution), distribution of benefits under Section 12.4(a) shall
not commence within 30 days after the date the Plan Administrator issues to
the Participant the notice required by Treasury Regulation Section
1.411(a)-11(c) (the "Tax Notice").   The Tax Notice shall be distributed no
less than 30 days and no more than 90 days before any distribution would be
made.

        The Tax Notice shall explain the tax rules that apply to Plan
distributions and shall notify the Participant of his right to (1) have
benefit payments deferred to a later date, (2) have benefits paid to the
Participant, (3) have benefits paid in a direct rollover described in Article
XII, or (4) have benefits split between payment to the Participant and
payment in a direct rollover.

        The Participant shall elect in writing, on a form to be provided by
the Plan Administrator,


                                       54

<PAGE>


whether and/or how benefits are to be distributed.  No distribution shall be
made unless the Participant consents to such distribution. Such consent may
not be given before the Participant receives the Tax Notice nor more than 90
days before the distribution would be made.  If the Participant refuses to
consent to such distribution, his Accounts shall be retained in the Trust
Fund.  In that case, distribution shall commence as soon as administratively
feasible after the first to occur of the Participant's (1) attainment of age
65 and request for a lump-sum distribution of his entire vested Account
balance, (2) election to receive a distribution in accordance with Section
12.10, (3) attainment of age 70 1/2, or (4) death (provided the Plan
Administrator has received notice of the Participant's death).

        A distribution that is subject to the Participant's consent may
commence less than 30 days after the Tax Notice is given to the Participant,
provided that:

                (a)     The Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant
                        that the  Participant has a right to a period of at
                        least 30 days after receiving the Tax Notice to consider
                        the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution
                        (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option);
                        and

                (b)     The Participant, after receiving the Tax Notice,
                        affirmatively elects a  distribution.

        12.7    DISTRIBUTION UNDER QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article XII or Section 16.8 to the contrary,
the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to make distribution to an
"alternate payee" under a "qualified domestic relations order" at any time
specified in such order, whether before, at, or after a Participant's
"earliest retirement age" (as all of such terms are defined in Section 414(p)
of the Code), provided that any such distribution before a Participant's
earliest retirement age shall be subject to the following conditions:

                (a)     The order must either provide for, or permit the Plan
                        Administrator and alternate payee to agree to, such an
                        early distribution;

                (b)     The distribution must constitute a single-sum payment of
                        all Plan benefits to which the alternate payee may
                        become entitled under the terms of the order; and

                (c)     If the order so provides, any such distribution that
                        exceeds $3,500 (effective January 1, 1998, $5,000)
                        shall be made only with the alternate payee's written
                        consent. Unless the context clearly requires a
                        contrary interpretation, any order providing for a
                        single sum distribution to an alternate payee as of a
                        Participant's "earliest retirement age" shall be
                        construed as providing for such payment to be made on
                        the date which is as soon as administratively
                        practicable after the Plan Administrator has

                                       55

<PAGE>


                        determined that the order constitutes a qualified
                        domestic relations order.

        12.8    SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS.  This Section sets forth
rules concerning when distributions may or must begin, and over what period
of time they may or must be made.  Any rules concerning the timing and
duration of benefits found in other provisions of the Plan shall be altered
only to the extent necessary to avoid violating the rules of this Section.
In no event shall these rules be interpreted to provide any option as to the
time, manner, or duration of benefits in addition to options provided
elsewhere in the Plan.

                (a)     Unless a Participant (or, in the case of a distribution
                        under subsection 12.4(b), a Participant's Beneficiary)
                        elects otherwise, distribution of the vested portion of
                        a Participant's Accounts shall commence within sixty
                        (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which
                        occurs the latest of:

                        (i)     The Participant's attainment of age 65,

                        (ii)    The tenth anniversary of the Participant's
                                commencement of participation in the Plan, or

                        (iii)   The Participant's termination of employment with
                                the Employer.

                (b)     Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the
                        contrary, no distribution may be made under this Plan,
                        other than to a Participant's spouse, that would result
                        in the actuarial equivalent of a Beneficiary's interest
                        equaling or exceeding 50 percent of the actuarial
                        equivalent of the Participant's full benefit, both
                        equivalents being determined as of the Participant's
                        actual retirement date.  All distribution made under
                        this subsection shall be made in accordance with Section
                        401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder,
                        including the minimum distribution incidental benefit
                        rules of Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.  Any
                        Plan provisions reflecting Section 401(a)(9) shall
                        override any distribution options in the Plan that are
                        inconsistent with Section 401(a)(9).


                                       56

<PAGE>


                (c)     In no event shall distribution with respect to a
                        Participant commence later than:

                        (i)     for Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1997,
                                the April 1 of the calendar year following the
                                calendar year in which the Participant attains
                                age 70 1/2.

                        (ii)    for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
                                1997:

                                (A)     for a Participant who is not a five
                                        percent (5%) owner (as described in
                                        Section 416(i) of the Code), the
                                        later of (1) the April 1 of the
                                        calendar year next following the
                                        calendar year in which the
                                        Participant attains age 70 1/2, or
                                        (2) the April 1 of the calendar year
                                        in which the Participant terminates
                                        employment; and

                                (B)     for a Participant who is a five
                                        percent (5%) owner, the  calendar
                                        year following the calendar year in
                                        which the Participant attains age
                                        70 1/2, or such other date as may be
                                        prescribed by applicable laws or
                                        regulations.

                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a
                                Participant who is not a five percent (5%)
                                owner attains age 70 1/2 on or after January 1,
                                1996 and before January 1, 1999, and is
                                still employed by the Employer on April 1 of
                                the calendar year following the year in which
                                he attained age 70 1/2, such Participant may
                                elect to commence distribution effective as
                                of April 1 of the calendar year following the
                                calendar year in which he attained age 70 1/2
                                or to delay commencement of distribution
                                until the Participant terminates employment.

                (d)     In no event shall distribution with respect to a
                        Participant be made over a period extending beyond the
                        later of:

                        (i)     The life of the Participant or the joint lives
                                of the Participant and the Beneficiary
                                designated by him (if any), or

                        (ii)    The life expectancy of the Participant or the
                                joint life expectancy of the Participant and the
                                Beneficiary designated by him (if any).

                (e)     If a Participant dies after a distribution of his
                        interest in the Plan has begun but before his complete
                        interest has been distributed, the remaining portion
                        shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                        method of distribution


                                       57

<PAGE>


                        (consistent with (d), above) being used at the time
                        of his death.

                (f)     If a Participant dies before distribution of his
                        interest has begun, distribution of his entire
                        interest shall be completed within five (5) years
                        after his death.  However, if a portion of the
                        Participant's interest is to be paid to a Beneficiary
                        designated by him, that portion may, if the other
                        provisions of this Plan so provide, be distributed
                        over the life or life expectancy of the Beneficiary.
                        In that case, distribution must begin not later than
                        one (1) year after the date of the Participant's
                        death or such later date as the Secretary of the
                        Treasury may by regulations prescribe.  If the
                        Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse,
                        and other provisions of the Plan so provide,
                        distribution need not begin until the date on which
                        the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.  If
                        the surviving Spouse dies before distribution to her
                        begins, then for purposes of the requirements of this
                        and the preceding subsections (concerning the latest
                        date a distribution may begin and the longest period
                        of time over which payments may be made), the
                        surviving spouse shall be treated as if she were a
                        Participant.

        12.9    EFFECT OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR'S DETERMINATION.   In exercising
its authority under this Article XII, the Plan Administrator shall act in
such manner as it shall in good faith determine will most adequately and
fairly meet the needs of each Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be.
 No authority shall be exercised in such manner as to discriminate between
any class or group of Participants.  The Plan Administrator's determination
of all questions that may arise under this Article XII (if made in accordance
with the standards prescribed herein) shall be conclusive upon all persons
claiming to have any interest under the Plan.  In making any determinations
hereunder, the Plan Administrator may rely upon any signed statement that a
Participant or Beneficiary files with it.

        12.10   DISTRIBUTION AFTER EARLY RETIREMENT.   A Participant who
retires on or after his Early Retirement Date and who does not immediately
receive the vested portion of his Accounts in a single lump sum may
thereinafter elect to receive all or a portion of his vested Accounts under
any of the forms of distribution specified in subsection 12.4(a).  The number
of such elections shall not be limited; provided, however, that any such
election:

                (a)     Shall be made in accordance with Section 12.6;

                (b)     Shall result in either a minimum lump-sum distribution
                        of $500 or an  installment distribution of the
                        Participant's entire vested Account balance; and

                (c)     Shall not apply to any portion of the Participant's
                        Accounts held in the  Life Insurance Fund.


                                       58

<PAGE>


        12.11   DIRECT ROLLOVERS.   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan
to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under
this Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible
rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified
by the distributee in a direct rollover.   An eligible rollover distribution
may not be paid to more than one eligible retirement plan.  For purposes of
this Section, the following terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them
below:

                (a)     An "eligible rollover distribution" is any distribution
                        of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of
                        the distributee, except that an eligible rollover
                        distribution does not include: any distribution that is
                        one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments
                        (not less frequently than annually) made for the life
                        (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
                        lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee
                        and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a
                        specified period of ten years or more; any distribution
                        to the extent such distribution is required under
                        Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of any
                        distribution that is not includible in gross income
                        (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
                        unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
                        securities).

                (b)     An "eligible retirement plan" is an individual
                        retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
                        Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                        Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in
                        Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust
                        described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts
                        the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.
                        However, in the case of an eligible rollover
                        distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible
                        retirement plan is an individual retirement account or
                        individual retirement annuity.

                (c)     A "distributee" includes an Employee or former
                        Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former
                        Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or
                        former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the
                        alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations
                        order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are
                        distributees with regard to the interest of the
                        spouse or former spouse.

                (d)     A "direct rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the
                        eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.


                                       59

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE XIII
                                   ADMINISTRATION


        13.1    PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.  Sauer-Sundstrand Company is the Plan
Administrator and has sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan,
including but not limited to the rights to interpret and construe the Plan,
and to determine any disputes arising thereunder.   In exercising such powers
and authorities, and in fulfilling such responsibilities, the Plan
Administrator shall exercise good faith, apply standards of uniform
application, and refrain from arbitrary action.   The Plan Administrator
hereby designates to those named in Sections 13.2 through 13.5 certain rights
and duties for the general administration of the Plan, and from time to time
may further designate or change responsibilities under the Plan.

        13.2    RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD.   The Board of Directors of
Sauer-Sundstrand Company (the "Board"), shall:

                (a)     Adopt the Plan and such amendments thereto as the Board
                        has not delegated to the Committee under Section 13.4;
                        and

                (b)     Appoint the Committee.

The Board shall act through a majority of its members, either by vote at a
meeting or in writing without a meeting.

        13.3    RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE.   The Trustee shall have such
rights and duties as are set forth in this Section 13.3.

                (a)     HOLD ASSETS.   The Trustee shall hold the assets of this
                        Plan.

                (b)     TRUST AGREEMENT.   The Plan Administrator will enter
                        into a Trust Agreement with one or more Trustees, and
                        the Trustee will receive contributions made by the
                        Employer pursuant to the Plan and will hold, invest, and
                        distribute the same in accordance with the terms and
                        provisions of each Trust Agreement.  The Plan
                        Administrator will determine the form and terms of such
                        Trust Agreement and may modify such Trust Agreement from
                        time to time to accomplish the purposes of this Plan.

                (c)     RECORDS.   The Trustee will keep full books of account
                        and will, at least once during each calendar year,
                        submit to the Committee a report, which shall include a
                        list of the investments comprising the trust fund at the
                        end of the period covered by the report, showing the
                        valuation placed on each item on such list by the
                        Trustee at the end of such period and the total of such
                        valuations, and shall include a statement of purchases,
                        sales and any


                                       60

<PAGE>


                        other investment changes and of income and
                        disbursements since the last report. Copies of such
                        reports shall be available for inspection at the
                        principal office of the Employer and at such other
                        places as the Committee shall specify.

                (d)     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF TRUSTEE. The Board may
                        remove the Trustee at any time upon the notice required
                        by the terms of the Trust Agreement. Upon such
                        removal, or upon the resignation of the Trustee, the
                        Board will designate a successor Trustee.

        13.4    RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE COMMITTEE.   The Sauer-Sundstrand
Employee Benefit  Committee (the "Committee") shall have such rights and
duties as are set forth in this Section 13.4.

                (a)     The Committee members shall be appointed by, and shall
                        serve at the pleasure of, the Board. Vacancies will be
                        filled in the same manner as original appointments.

                (b)     The Committee will hold meetings upon such notice, at
                        such place or places, and at such time or times as it
                        may from time to time determine.  A majority of the
                        members of the Committee at the time in office will
                        constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

                (c)     The Committee may act at a meeting or in writing without
                        a meeting.  The Committee may adopt such regulations and
                        rules as it deems desirable for the conduct of its
                        affairs, which will be uniformly and consistently
                        applied.   All decisions of the Committee will be made
                        by the vote of the majority, including actions in
                        writing taken without a meeting.

                (d)     No member of the Committee will have any right to vote
                        or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or
                        solely to any of his rights and benefits under the Plan.

                (e)     The Committee shall have the right to appoint, remove
                        and replace a Trustee or Trustees, investment manager,
                        record keeper, insurance company or companies, or any
                        qualified institution or institutions to act as funding
                        agent with respect to the Plan.

                (f)     The Committee shall set funding and investment policies
                        for the assets of the Plan.

                (g)     The Committee shall appoint the Appeal Review Committee
                        and the Plan Benefit Committee, and shall have the right
                        to appoint others or to employ


                                       61

<PAGE>


                        individuals to assist in the administration of the Plan.

                (h)     The Committee shall take such steps as are considered
                        necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that
                        results from incorrect information received or
                        communicated in good faith or as the consequence of an
                        administrative error.   It shall endeavor to act,
                        whether by general rules or by particular decisions, so
                        as not to discriminate in favor of, or against, any
                        person and so as to treat all persons in similar
                        circumstances uniformly.   The Committee shall correct
                        any defect, reconcile any inconsistency, or supply any
                        omission with respect to this Plan.   All such
                        corrections, reconciliations, and completions of Plan
                        provisions shall be final and binding upon the parties.

                (i)     The Employer specifically intends that the Committee
                        have the greatest permissible discretion to construe the
                        terms of the Plan and to determine all questions
                        concerning eligibility, participation and benefits.
                        Any such decision made by the Committee shall be binding
                        on the Employer and all Employees, Participants, and
                        Beneficiaries, and is intended to be subject to the most
                        deferential standard of judicial review.   Such standard
                        of review is not to be affected by any real or alleged
                        conflict of interest on the part of the Committee
                        members.

        The Committee shall adopt all Plan amendments.

        13.5    RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN BENEFIT COMMITTEE.  The Plan
Benefit Committee  shall have the following rights and duties:

        (a)     To receive and reply to applications or claims for benefits
                filed with it by Participants or Beneficiaries in accordance
                with subsection 13.11(a);

        (b)     To issue directions to the Trustee concerning all benefits that
                are to be paid pursuant to the provisions of the Plan;

        (c)     To receive from the Employer and Participants such information
                as is necessary for proper administration of the Plan;

        (d)     To prepare and distribute, in such form as it determines
                appropriate, information explaining the Plan; and

        (e)     To furnish to the Employer, upon request, such reports with
                respect to the Plan's administration as are necessary or
                appropriate.

        13.6    RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE APPEAL REVIEW COMMITTEE.   The Appeal
Review


                                       62

<PAGE>


Committee shall have the rights and duties as set forth in subsection
13.11(b).

        13.7    INVESTMENT MANAGER.  In the event that the Committee appoints
an investment manager to invest all or any of the assets of the Trust, the
investment manager shall have all the powers granted to the Trustee with
respect to the assets of the Trust Fund, and the Committee and the Trustee
shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the management and
investment of such assets so long as any such investment manager is retained.
For purposes of this Article 13, the term "investment manager" shall mean
any party that:

                (a)     Is registered as an investment broker under the
                        Investment Advisors Act of 1940, is a bank, or is an
                        insurance company qualified to manage, acquire, and
                        dispose of plan assets under the laws of more than one
                        state;

                (b)     Acknowledges in writing that it is a fiduciary with
                        respect to the Plan; and

                (c)     Is granted the power to manage, acquire or dispose of
                        any asset of the Trust Fund pursuant to this Article 13.

        13.8    RECORD KEEPER.  The Committee may in its sole discretion,
appoint a person to keep records for the Plan (the "record keeper").   The
record keeper shall maintain the Accounts (including Rollover Accounts),
allocate earnings, receive and monitor Participants' investment directions,
communicate necessary information to the Trustee (or, if applicable, the
investment manager) to facilitate investment of the Trust Fund in accordance
with Participants' directions, and keep accurate and detailed accounts of all
investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions hereunder.   In the
event a record keeper is appointed, the Trustee shall be relieved of its
responsibility for these recordkeeping duties imposed on the record keeper, and
shall be relieved of liability for those recordkeeping duties to the extent
permitted under Part 4, Subtitle B, Title I of ERISA.

        13.9     INDEMNIFICATION.   Each member of the Board and the
forenamed Committees, and each of the Employer's officers, directors and
employees associated with administration of the Plan, shall be indemnified by
Sauer-Sundstrand Company against all costs, expenses and liabilities (other
than amounts paid in a settlement to which Sauer-Sundstrand Company does not
consent) reasonably incurred by him or them in connection with any action to
which he or they may be a party by reason of performance of designated
duties, except in relation to matters as to which he or they shall be
adjudged in such performance to be personally guilty of gross negligence or
willful misconduct.   The foregoing right to indemnification shall be in
addition to such other rights as these individuals may enjoy as a matter of
law or by reason of insurance coverage of any kind.

        13.10   RELIANCE UPON OTHERS.   The Board members, the Trustee, and
the respective Committee members may rely upon the direction,


                                       63

<PAGE>


information or actions of each other as being proper under the Plan, and they
are not required to inquire into the propriety of such direction, information
or action.  They may also rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and
reports made by an accountant, attorney, actuary, consultant or other person
selected or approved by any one of them.   Except as prohibited by ERISA,
they will be indemnified in accordance with Section 13.9 with respect to
their reliance upon others as stated herein.

        13.11   CLAIMS PROCEDURES.

                (a)     APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS.  At least 60 days before
                        intended commencement of a Plan benefit, each
                        Participant and/or Beneficiary believing himself
                        eligible shall apply for such benefit by completing and
                        filing with the Plan Benefit Committee an application
                        for benefits on a form supplied by the Plan Benefit
                        Committee.   Before the date on which benefit payments
                        are to commence, each such application must be supported
                        by such information and data as the Plan Benefit
                        Committee deems relevant and appropriate.   Evidence of
                        age, marital status (and, in the appropriate instances,
                        health, death, or disability), and location of residence
                        shall be required of all applicants for benefits.

                (b)     APPEALS OF DENIED CLAIMS FOR BENEFITS.   In the event
                        that any claim for benefits is denied, in whole or in
                        part, the Participant or Beneficiary whose claim has
                        been so denied shall be notified of such denial in
                        writing by the Plan Benefit Committee.   The notice
                        advising of the denial shall specify the reason or
                        reasons for denial, make specific reference to pertinent
                        Plan provisions, describe any additional material or
                        information necessary for the claimant to perfect the
                        claim (explaining why such material or information is
                        needed), and advise the Participant or Beneficiary, as
                        the case may be, of the procedure for the appeal of such
                        denial.   All appeals shall be made under the following
                        procedure:

                        (i)     The Participant or beneficiary whose claim
                                has been denied shall file with the Appeal
                                Review Committee a notice of appeal from the
                                denial. Such notice shall be filed within
                                ninety (90) days from his receipt of
                                notification by the Plan Benefit Committee of
                                the claim's denial, shall be made in writing,
                                and shall set forth all of the facts upon
                                which the appeal is based. Appeals not timely
                                filed shall be barred.

                        (ii)    The Appeal Review Committee shall, within thirty
                                (30) days of receipt of the Participant's or
                                Beneficiary's notice of appeal, establish a
                                hearing date on which the Participant or
                                Beneficiary may make an oral presentation to the
                                Appeal Review Committee in support of his
                                appeal. The Participant or Beneficiary shall
                                be given not less than ten (10) days' notice of
                                the date set for the hearing.


                                       64

<PAGE>


                        (iii)   The Appeal Review Committee shall consider the
                                merits of the claimant's written and oral
                                presentations, the merits of any facts or
                                evidence in support of the denial of benefits,
                                and such other facts and circumstances as the
                                Appeal Review Committee shall deem relevant.
                                If the claimant elects not to make an oral
                                presentation, such election shall not be deemed
                                adverse to his interest, and the Appeal Review
                                Committee shall proceed as set forth below as
                                though an oral presentation of the contents of
                                the claimant's written presentation had been
                                made.

                        (iv)    The Appeal Review Committee shall render a
                                determination upon the appealed claim, which
                                determination shall be accompanied by a written
                                statement as to the reasons therefor.   The
                                determination so rendered shall be binding upon
                                all parties.


                                       65

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE XIV
                             AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


        14.1    AMENDMENT.  Subject to the provisions of Section 14.2, the
Board of Directors of Sauer-Sundstrand Company (or its designee) may at any
time and from time to time amend the Plan, and all Employees, Participants,
former Participants, Beneficiaries, and persons claiming any interest under
the Plan shall be bound thereby.

        14.2    LIMITATION ON AMENDMENT.  No amendment shall be made to the
Plan which would have the effect of:

                (a)     Directly or indirectly divesting the interest of any
                        Participant or former Participant in any amount that he
                        would have received had he terminated his employment
                        with the Employer immediately prior to the effective
                        date of such amendment, or the interest of any
                        Beneficiary as such interest existed immediately prior
                        to the effective date of such amendment;

                (b)     Directly or indirectly affecting the vested interest of
                        a Participant under the Plan, unless the conditions of
                        Section 203(c) of ERISA are satisfied; or

                (c)     Causing or effecting impermissible discrimination in
                        favor of Highly Compensated Employees; provided,
                        however, that nothing herein contained shall restrict
                        the right to amend the provisions hereof relating to the
                        administration of the Plan.  Moreover, no amendment
                        shall be made hereunder which would permit any portion
                        of the Trust Fund to be returned to the Employer or to
                        be used for or diverted to purposes other than the
                        exclusive benefit of Participants, former Participants,
                        and Beneficiaries.   Furthermore, no amendment shall be
                        made which would decrease the amount of any
                        Participant's Accounts.

        14.3    TERMINATION.   The Plan Administrator reserves the right to
terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time or to completely
discontinue contributions to the Plan, which termination or discontinuance of
contributions shall become effective at the time specified in such action
(the effective date of such termination or discontinuance shall hereinafter
be referred to as the "termination date").

        The Plan shall terminate automatically in the event of the bankruptcy
or insolvency of the Employer; if the Employer makes a general assignment for
the benefit of creditors; or if the Employer is dissolved or liquidated
(unless there is a successor to the business of the Employer which adopts the
Plan within ninety (90) days after becoming such successor).   In the event
of the merger or consolidation of the Employer with or into any other
corporation, or in the event that substantially all of the assets of the
Employer are transferred to another corporation, the


                                       66

<PAGE>


successor corporation resulting from the consolidation, merger, or transfer
of such assets, as the case may be, shall have the right to adopt and
continue the Plan and to succeed to the position of the Employer hereunder.
If, however, the Plan is not so adopted within ninety (90) days after the
effective date of such consolidation, merger, or transfer of assets, the Plan
shall automatically be deemed terminated as of the effective date of such
transaction.  Nothing in this Plan shall prevent the dissolution,
liquidation, consolidation, or merger of the Employer, nor the sale or
transfer of all or substantially all of its assets.

        In the event of the termination of the Plan, written notice thereof
shall be given to Employees covered hereunder and to the Trustee.   Upon any
such termination of the Plan, the Trustee and the Plan Administrator shall
take the following actions for the benefit of Participants, former
Participants, and Beneficiaries; provided that in the event of a partial
termination it shall be followed only with respect to those Participants,
former Participants and Beneficiaries directly affected:

                (a)     As of the termination date, the Trustee shall revalue
                        the Trust Fund, and the Plan Administrator, taking into
                        account such revaluation, shall adjust all Participant
                        Accounts in the manner provided in Section 10.1.   In
                        determining the net worth of the Trust Fund hereunder,
                        the Trustee shall, unless payment is otherwise provided
                        for by the Plan Administrator, include as a liability
                        such amounts as in its judgment shall be necessary to
                        pay all expenses in connection with the termination of
                        the Trust and the liquidation and distribution of the
                        Trust property, as well as other expenses, whether or
                        not accrued, and shall include as an asset all accrued
                        income.

                (b)     The Trustee, after first being advised by the Plan
                        Administrator in writing as to the value of all of the
                        Participant Accounts, shall thereinafter dispose of such
                        Accounts to or for the benefit of such Participants,
                        former Participants, or Beneficiaries, at such times and
                        by such methods as are provided in Article XII.


                                       67

<PAGE>


                                     ARTICLE XV
                                TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


        15.1    TOP-HEAVY STATUS.   The provisions of this Article XV shall
apply only with respect to any Plan Year for which the Plan is Top-Heavy.
If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy in any Plan Year, the provisions of this
Article XV shall supersede any conflicting provisions elsewhere in the Plan.

        15.2    DEFINITIONS.   For purposes of this Article XV, the following
words and phrases shall have the meanings stated below, unless a different
meaning is plainly required by the context:

                (a)     An "Affiliate" of the Employer shall mean a Related
                        Employer.

                (b)     The term "Aggregation Group" with respect to the plans
                        of the Employer, shall mean the plan or group of plans
                        which includes all plans maintained by the Employer or
                        its Affiliates:

                        (i)     In which a Key Employee is a participant,

                        (ii)    Which enable any plan maintained by the Employer
                                or its Affiliates in which a Key Employee is a
                                participant to meet the requirements of Sections
                                401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, or

                        (iii)   Which are selected by the Employer for
                                permissive aggregation, the inclusion of which
                                would not prevent the group of plans from
                                continuing to meet the requirements of Sections
                                401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

                (c)     Except as provided in subsection 15.2(f), "Compensation"
                        shall have the meaning given such term under Paragraph
                        6.3(e)(ii).

                (d)     The "Cumulative Account" and "Cumulative Accrued
                        Benefit" of an Employee or former Employee shall be
                        determined as follows:

                        (i)     An Employee's or former Employee's "Cumulative
                                Account," as of a Determination Date, shall be
                                the sum of the balances to his accounts under a
                                defined contributions plan, determined as of the
                                most recent plan valuation date occurring within
                                the 12-month period ending on the Determination
                                Date.  That amount shall be increased by any
                                contributions due after such valuation date and
                                on or before the Determination Date.  If the
                                valuation date falls within


                                       68

<PAGE>


                                the first plan year of the plan, the
                                Employee's or former Employee's Cumulative
                                Account shall include any contributions made
                                after the Determination Date, but allocated
                                as of a date in the first plan year.  If the
                                Plan is being considered in an Aggregation
                                Group, the Employee's or former Employee's
                                Cumulative Account shall be the sum of the
                                balances to his accounts under all defined
                                contribution plans included in the
                                Aggregation Group under consideration (as
                                determined under the rules above).

                        (ii)    An Employee's or former Employee's "Cumulative
                                Accrued Benefit," as of a Determination Date,
                                shall be the present value of his accrued
                                benefit under a defined benefit plan, determined
                                under the actuarial assumptions set forth in
                                such plan, as of the most recent plan valuation
                                date occurring within the 12-month period ending
                                on the Determination Date.   For purposes of
                                computing the Employee's or former Employee's
                                Cumulative Accrued Benefit, he shall be treated
                                as if he voluntarily terminated his service as
                                of such valuation date (as of the Determination
                                date, in the case of the plan's first year).
                                The accrued benefit of an Non-Key Employee shall
                                be determined under (A) the method, if any, that
                                uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all
                                defined benefit plans maintained by the
                                Employer, or (B) if there is no such method, as
                                if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than
                                the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
                                fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the
                                Code.   If the Plan is being considered in an
                                Aggregation Group, the Employee's or former
                                Employee's Cumulative Accrued Benefit shall be
                                the sum of the present values of his accrued
                                benefits  under all defined benefit plans
                                included in the Aggregation Group under
                                consideration (as determined under the rules
                                above).

                        (iii)   The balance to an Employee's or former
                                Employee's accounts and the value of his
                                benefits shall not include amounts attributable
                                to deductible employee contributions.

                        (iv)    The balance to an Employee's or former
                                Employee's accounts and the value of his
                                benefits shall be increased by the aggregate
                                amount of any distributions made on his account
                                under the Plan or plans during the five-year
                                period ending on the Determination Date.

                        (v)     Rollovers and direct plan-to-plan transfers
                                shall be treated as follows:


                                       69

<PAGE>


                                (1)     If the transfer is initiated by the
                                        Employee or former Employee and made
                                        from a plan maintained by the Employer
                                        to a plan maintained by another
                                        employer, the transferor plan shall
                                        continue to include the amount
                                        transferred as an amount in the
                                        Employee's or former Employee's account
                                        under the transferor plan or as an
                                        accrued benefit under the transferor
                                        plan.   The transferee plan shall not
                                        consider the amount if it is accepted by
                                        the plan after December 31, 1983, but
                                        shall include it as an amount under the
                                        plan if it is accepted prior to December
                                        31, 1983.

                                (2)     If the transfer is not initiated by the
                                        Employee or former Employee, or is made
                                        between plans maintained by the
                                        Employer, the transferor plan shall not
                                        include the amount transferred as an
                                        amount under the plan and the transferee
                                        plan shall consider the amount
                                        transferred as an amount under the
                                        transferee plan.

                                (3)     For purposes of this Paragraph
                                        15.2(d)(v), the Employer and all its
                                        Affiliates shall be considered a single
                                        employer.

                        (vi)    For purposes of determining the Cumulative
                                Account under this Plan of an Employee or former
                                Employee, the valuation date shall be the
                                Determination Date.

                (e)     "Determination Date" shall mean, for purposes of
                        determining whether a plan is Top-Heavy for a particular
                        plan year, the last day of the preceding plan year (or,
                        in the case of the first plan year of a plan, the last
                        day of that first year).

                (f)     The words "Key Employee" shall mean an Employee or
                        former Employee (including the beneficiary of such
                        Employee or former Employee) who, at any time during the
                        Plan Year or any of the four preceding Plan Years, was:

                        (i)     An officer of the Employer or an Affiliate
                                having an aggregate annual Compensation from the
                                Employer and its Affiliates of more than 50
                                percent of the amount in effect under Section
                                415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for the Plan Year, but
                                in no event shall more than 50 employees or, if
                                less, the greater of (A) 3 employees, or (B) 10
                                percent of the aggregate number of employees of
                                the Employer and its Affiliates, be taken into
                                account under this Paragraph 15.2(f)(i)


                                       70

<PAGE>


                                as officers of the Employer or Affiliate;

                        (ii)    One of the ten employees of the Employer having
                                an aggregate annual Compensation from the
                                Employer or an Affiliate of more than the
                                limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A)
                                of the Code for the Plan Year and owning (or
                                considered as owning, within the meaning of
                                Section 318 of the Code) both (A) more than a
                                one-half percent interest, and (B) the largest
                                interests, in the Employer;

                        (iii)   A person owning more than 5 percent of the
                                Employer (within the meaning of Section
                                416(i)(l)(B)(i) of the Code); or

                        (iv)    A person having an aggregate annual Compensation
                                from the Employer and its Affiliates of more
                                than $150,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of
                                the Treasury) and owning more than one (1)
                                percent of the Employer (within the meaning of
                                Section 416(i)(1)(13)(i) of the Code).

                        For purposes of applying Section 318 of the Code to the
                        provisions of this subsection 15.2(f), subparagraph (C)
                        of Code Section 318(a)(2) shall be applied by
                        substituting "5 percent" for "50 percent."  For purposes
                        of Section 15.2(f)(ii), if two employees have the same
                        interest in the Employer, the employee having the
                        greater aggregate annual Compensation from the Employer
                        and its Affiliates shall be treated as having the larger
                        interest.  For purposes of this subsection 15.2(f),
                        "Compensation" shall be defined under Section 414(q)(7)
                        of the Code.

                (g)     The words "Non-Key Employee" shall mean any Employee who
                        is not a Key Employee.

        15.3    DETERMINING TOP-HEAVY STATUS.   The determination of whether the
Plan is "Top-Heavy" shall be made as follows:

                (a)     If the Plan is not required to be included in an
                        Aggregation Group with other plans of the Employer or
                        its Affiliates, then it shall be Top-Heavy only if, when
                        considered by itself, it is a Top-Heavy Plan and it is
                        not included in a permissive Aggregation Group that is
                        not a Top-Heavy Group.

                (b)     If the Plan is required to be included in an Aggregation
                        Group with other plans of the Employer or its
                        Affiliates, it shall be Top-Heavy only if the
                        Aggregation Group, including any permissively aggregated
                        plans, is Top-Heavy.


                                       71

<PAGE>


                (c)     If the Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan and it is not
                        required to be included in an Aggregation Group with
                        other plans of the Employer or its Affiliates, then it
                        shall not be Top-Heavy even if it is permissively
                        aggregated in an Aggregation Group which is a Top-Heavy
                        Group.

A plan shall be Top-Heavy and an Aggregation Group shall be a Top-Heavy Group
with respect to any plan year if the sum, as of the Determination date, of
the Cumulative Accrued Benefits and the Cumulative Accounts of Key Employees
for the plan year exceeds 60 percent of a similar sum determined for all
Employees. A plan is a "Super Top-Heavy Plan" if it would be a Top-Heavy
Plan under the provisions of this Section 15.3 after substituting "90
percent" for "60 percent" in the preceding sentence. For purposes of this
Section 15.3, the Cumulative Accrued Benefits and Cumulative Accounts of an
individual shall be disregarded if he has not, at any time during the
five-year period ending on the Determination Date, performed any services for
the Employer.

        15.4    MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION.   For each Plan Year that the Plan is
Top-Heavy, the Employer will contribute and allocate to an Account maintained
for each Non-Key Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan and who
is employed by the Employer on the last day of such Plan Year an amount equal
to the lesser of:

                (a)     Three percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employee's
                        Compensation for such Plan Year; and

                (b)     The largest percentage of contributions and
                        forfeitures, if any, as a  percentage of the Key
                        Employee's Compensation, allocated to the Accounts
                        maintained under the Plan for any Key Employee for
                        such Year.

The minimum contribution allocable pursuant to this Section 15.4 will be
determined without regard to any contributions made by the Employer for any
Employee under the Federal Social Security Act and will be made with respect
to any Non-Key Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan, even if
he did not elect to have Participant Contributions made on his behalf under
the Plan for that Plan Year.   Participant Contributions shall be disregarded
for all purposes under this Section 15.4, except in determining the
percentage described in subsection 15.4(b).

        15.5    SAFE HARBOR RULE.  If, in any Plan Year in which the Plan is
a Top-Heavy Plan, a Participant in the Plan is also participating in a
defined benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(35) of ERISA, which is
maintained by the Employer or any Affiliate and which is also a Top-Heavy
Plan, the minimum contribution specified in Section 15.4 will not apply to
him; he will instead be subject to the minimum benefit accrual provisions of
such defined benefit plan, as required to comply with Section 416(c)(1) of
the Code.


                                       72

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE XVI
                                   MISCELLANEOUS


        16.1    PLAN NON-CONTRACTUAL. Nothing herein contained shall be
construed as a commitment or agreement on the part of any Employee to
continue his employment with the Employer, and nothing herein contained shall
be construed as a commitment on the part of the Employer to continue the
employment or the rate of compensation of any Employee for any period. All
Employees herein shall remain subject to discharge, layoff, or disciplinary
action to the same extent as if the Plan had never been put into effect.

        16.2    CLAIMS OF OTHER PERSON. The provisions of the Plan shall in
no event be construed as giving any Employee or any other person, firm or
corporation, any legal or equitable right as against the Employer, its
officers, employees or directors, or as against the Trustee, except any such
rights as are specifically provided for in the Plan or are hereinafter
created in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

        16.3    BENEFITS. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer
any right or claim upon any person other than the parties hereto,
Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries.

        16.4    NO GUARANTEES.  Neither the Plan Administrator nor the
Trustee guarantees the Trust from loss or depreciation, nor the payment of
any amount which may be or become due to any person from the Trust Fund.   No
Participant or other person shall have any recourse against the Plan
Administrator or the Trustee if the Trust Fund is insufficient to provide
Plan benefits in full.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to give any
Participant, former Participant, or Beneficiary any interest in a specific
part of the Trust Fund, nor any other interest, except the right to receive
benefits out of the Trust Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
and Trust Agreement.

        16.5    MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF PLAN. Any merger or consolidation
of the Plan with another plan, or any transfer of Plan assets or liabilities
to another plan, shall be effected in accordance with such regulations, if
any, as may be issued pursuant to Section 208 of ERISA, in such a manner that
each Participant in the Plan would receive, if the merged, consolidated or
transferee plan were terminated immediately following such event, a benefit
which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to
receive if the Plan had terminated immediately before such event.

        16.6    LIMITATIONS ON ABILITY.  Notwithstanding any of the preceding
provisions of the Plan, none of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, and each
individual acting as an employee or agent of any of them shall be liable to
any Participant, former Participant or Beneficiary for any claim, loss,
liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, except when the
same shall have been judicially determined to be due to the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of such person.


                                       73

<PAGE>

        16.7    RESTRICTIONS ON ALIENATION.

                (a)     The rights and interest of any Participant, former
                        Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall not be
                        subject in any manner to sale, transfer, encumbrance,
                        assignment, pledge or alienation of any kind; nor may
                        such rights or interest be resorted to, voluntarily or
                        involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debt of, or
                        other obligations or claims against, such person,
                        including claims for alimony, support, separate
                        maintenance and claims in bankruptcy proceedings.   No
                        such person shall have power in any manner to sell,
                        transfer, encumber, assign, pledge, or alienate his
                        right to receive any distribution hereunder, and any
                        attempt to do so shall be void.

                (b)     Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 16.8(a), if
                        any Participant borrows money from the Plan pursuant to
                        Article IX, the Plan Administrator shall have all rights
                        to collect upon such indebtedness as are granted
                        pursuant to said Article and any agreements or documents
                        executed in connection with such loan.

                (c)     Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection 16.8(a),
                        all or any portion of any Account maintained under the
                        Plan for a Participant, former Participant or
                        Beneficiary shall be subject to and payable in
                        accordance with the applicable requirements of any
                        "qualified domestic relations order," as that term is
                        defined in Section 206(d)(3) of ERISA, and the Plan
                        Administrator shall direct the Trustee to provide for
                        payment from a Participant's, former Participant's, or
                        Beneficiary's Accounts in accordance with such order,
                        ERISA, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.   All
                        such payments pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
                        order shall be subject to reasonable rules and
                        regulations promulgated by the Plan Administrator
                        respecting the time of payment and the valuation of the
                        Participant's, former Participant's, or Beneficiary's
                        Account or Accounts from which payment is made,
                        including rules and regulations necessary to implement
                        the provisions of Section 12.7 hereof.  The balance of
                        any Account that is subject to a qualified domestic
                        relations order shall be reduced by the amount of any
                        payment made pursuant to such order.

                (d)     Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for judgments,
                        orders and decrees issued and settlement agreements
                        entered into on or after August 5, 1997, a Participant's
                        benefit under the Plan may be offset against any amount
                        a Participant is required to pay on account of a
                        Participant's breach of fiduciary duty involving the
                        Plan.  Such Participant's benefit may be


                                       74

<PAGE>

                        reduced only if such requirement to pay arises from:

                        (i)     a judgment or conviction for a crime involving a
                                Plan;

                        (ii)    a court entered civil judgment, consent order,
                                or decree in an action brought in connection
                                with a breach or alleged breach of fiduciary
                                duty under ERISA;

                        (iii)   a settlement agreement between the Participant
                                and the Secretary of Labor or the Pension
                                Benefit Guaranty Corporation in connection with
                                a breach of fiduciary duty by a fiduciary or
                                other person.

                        Such judgment, order, decree or settlement must
                        specifically require that all or part of the amount to
                        be paid by the Participant to the Plan be offset against
                        the benefits of the Participant.

        16.8    PAYMENT TO INCOMPETENT PERSONS. Every person receiving or
claiming a benefit under this Plan shall be presumed to be mentally competent
and of age until the Plan Administrator receives reliable, written notice
that such person is incompetent or a minor. Upon receiving such notice, the
Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make payments in accordance
with the remainder of this Section 16.8. Payments otherwise due a minor shall
be paid to any custodial parent of such minor. Payments otherwise due any
other incompetent person shall be paid to the guardian, conservator, or other
legal representative of such person. In the event that the Plan Administrator
is unable to locate a parent, guardian, conservator, or other legal
representative of an incompetent person who is otherwise entitled to payment
under the Plan, such payment shall be made to the individual determined by
the Plan Administrator to have assumed financial responsibility for the care
of such person. Before the initial payment is made to an individual
designated in this Section 16.8, the minor or other legally incompetent
person shall be notified of the Plan Administrator's intent to make such
payment to that other individual. Any payment of a benefit in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 16.8 shall be in complete discharge of any
further liability to make such payment.

        16.9    PRUDENT MAN RULE. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan or the Trust Agreement, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall
exercise their powers and discharge their duties under this Plan and the
Trust Agreement for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to
Participants, former Participants, and Beneficiaries, and they shall act with
the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances that a
prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would
use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

        16.10   CORRECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer, in its sole
discretion (but subject to the applicable limitations described in Article
VI), may elect to make special contributions to the Plan in order to correct
mistakes made in distributing or crediting amounts to Participant


                                       75

<PAGE>

Accounts. Any such contribution shall be credited to Participant Accounts
in the fashion specified by the Employer and not as otherwise provided in the
Plan.

        16.11   DUTY TO FURNISH INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTS.

                (a)     Every person with an interest in the Plan or claiming
                        benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Plan
                        Administrator and the Trustee with such documents,
                        evidence, data, or information as the Plan
                        Administrator considers necessary or desirable for
                        the purpose of administering the Plan, and the
                        provisions of the Plan for each person are upon the
                        condition that he will furnish promptly full, true
                        and complete documents, evidence, data and
                        information requested by the Plan Administrator.  The
                        Plan Administrator may postpone payment of benefits
                        until such information and such documents have been
                        furnished.

                (b)     Every person claiming a benefit under the Plan shall
                        give written notice to the Plan Administrator of his or
                        her post office address and each change of post office
                        address.  Any communication, statement or notice
                        addressed to such a person at his or her latest post
                        office address, as filed with the Plan Administrator,
                        will, on deposit in the United States mail with postage
                        prepaid, be binding upon such person for all purposes of
                        the Plan.  If a person fails to give notice of his or
                        her correct address, the Plan Administrator and Plan
                        fiduciaries shall not be obliged to search for, or to
                        ascertain, his or her whereabouts.  If the location of a
                        Participant is not made known to the Plan Administrator
                        within three (3) years after the date as of which
                        distribution of the Participant's Accounts may first be
                        made, distribution may be made as though the Participant
                        had died at the end of the three-year period.  If,
                        within one (1) additional year after such three-year
                        period has elapsed, or within three (3) years after the
                        actual death of a Participant, the Plan Administrator is
                        unable to locate any individual who would receive a
                        distribution under the Plan upon the death of the
                        Participant pursuant to Section 4.2, the balance in the
                        Participant's Accounts shall be deemed a forfeiture and
                        shall be used to reduce the Employer's contributions to
                        the Plan for the Plan Year next following the year in
                        which the forfeiture occurs; provided, however, that in
                        the event the Participant or a Beneficiary makes a valid
                        claim for any amount which has been forfeited, the
                        amounts which have been forfeited shall be reinstated.

        16.12   PRECEDENT. Except as otherwise specifically provided, no
action taken in accordance with the Plan by the Plan Administrator or the
Trustee shall be construed or relied upon as a precedent for similar action
under similar circumstances.


                                       76

<PAGE>


        16.13   LIMITATION. In order to protect the Trust Fund against
depletion as a result of litigation, costs incurred by the Trustee in
defending any action arising out of or based on the Plan by a Participant, or
any person claiming any interest through a Participant, shall be charged as
far as possible directly against the Accounts of such Participant, but only
if the result of the action is adverse to such Participant or claimant.

        16.14   EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF PARTICIPANTS. All contributions made
pursuant to the Plan shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the
terms of the Trust Agreement for the exclusive benefit of Participants under
the Plan, including former Participants and Beneficiaries, and shall be
applied to provide benefits under the Plan and to pay expenses of
administration of the Plan and the Trust, to the extent that such expenses
are not otherwise paid. At no time prior to the satisfaction of all
liabilities with respect to such Participants, former Participants and
Beneficiaries shall any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as may
be required to pay administrative expenses and taxes) be used for, or
diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of such
Participants, former Participants and Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, however, a contribution to the Trust Fund shall be
returned to the Employer (and, if a Participant Contribution, immediately
paid to the Participant) under the following circumstances:

                (a)     If the Plan fails to qualify under Section 401(a) of
                        the Code;

                (b)     If the contribution is not deductible to the Employer,
                        as provided in Section 6.1; or

                (c)     If the contribution is made under a mistake of fact, as
                        provided in Section 6.2.

        16.15   SERVICE OF PROCESS.  The Vice-President, Administration, of
Sauer-Sundstrand Company is hereby designated as agent for the service of
legal process on the Plan.

        16.16   GOVERNING LAW.  The Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be
interpreted, administered and enforced in accordance with the Code and ERISA,
and the rights of Participants, former Participants, Beneficiaries, and all
other persons shall be determined in accordance therewith; provided however,
that to the extent any state law is applicable, the laws of the State of Iowa
shall apply.

        16.17   TRUST AGREEMENT.   The Trust Agreement and the Trust Fund
shall be deemed to be a part of the Plan, and the provisions of the Trust
Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan.

        16.18   PLURALS; MASCULINE TO INCLUDE FEMININE.  Where the context so
indicates, the singular shall include the plural and vice-versa, and the
masculine pronoun shall include the feminine.


                                       77

<PAGE>


        16.19   TITLES.   Titles of articles, sections, and the like are
provided herein for convenience of reference only and are not to serve as a
basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

        16.20   REFERENCES.   Unless the context clearly indicates to the
contrary, a reference to a Plan or Trust provision, statute, regulation, or
document shall be construed as referring to any subsequently enacted,
adopted, or executed counterpart.

                                    ARTICLE XVII
                            SPECIAL COVERAGE PROVISIONS


        17.1    EXTENSION TO NON-COVERED UNITS. The Employer may extend the
Plan to cover any division or other segment of its business not theretofore
covered under the Plan by resolution of its Board of Directors. Such
resolution shall specify the effective date of the extension of coverage to
such division or segment. Any new division or other segment of  business
which is established by the Employer shall not become covered under the Plan
solely by virtue of the fact that it is a part of such Employer or a part of
a division or other segment of its business which at the time is covered
under the Plan. Any such new division or other segment of business shall
become covered only if Plan coverage is expressly extended thereto in
accordance with the procedures specified in the foregoing provisions of this
Section 17.1.

        17.2    SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ELIGIBILITY. In the event it
becomes necessary to accommodate the transition from benefit arrangements
that were in effect for the benefit of the employees of a division or other
segment of business prior to the extension of the Plan to such division or
segment of business, an Appendix setting forth special overriding provisions
applicable to the extension of the Plan to such division or segment of
business may be added to the Plan. Each such Appendix shall for all purposes
constitute a part of the Plan.

        17.3 ADOPTION BY RELATED EMPLOYERS. Any Related Employer that is
not an Employer hereunder, with the consent of the Board of Directors of
Sauer-Sundstrand Company, may adopt the Plan and become an Employer hereunder
by resolution of its Board of Directors. Such resolution shall specify the
covered unit(s) of the Related Employer to which the Plan is being extended,
and shall specify the effective date of such adoption.


                                       78

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XVIII
                            RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATES


        18.1    IN GENERAL. Except as otherwise provided herein, the changes
made by this January 1, 1997 Amendment and Restatement of the Plan shall be
effective as of January 1, 1997.

        18.2    REPEAL OF FIRST AMENDMENT. The First Amendment to the
Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings and Retirement Plan January 1, 1994
Restatement, dated October 1995, is retroactively repealed as of its
effective date.

                                   *     *     *

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employee Benefits Committee hereby adopts and
executes this Plan on behalf of the Company as of this 3rd day of December,
1999.

                                        SAUER-SUNDSTRAND COMPANY

                                        By: _________________________________
                                                Ronald C. Hanson
                                                Representative of the Employee
                                                Benefits Committee


                                       79

<PAGE>



                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

        1.1     "Account". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
        1.2     "Active Participant" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
        1.3     "Authorized Leave of Absence". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
        1.4     "Beneficiary". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
        1.5     "Break in Service" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
        1.6     "Code" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
        1.7     "Company". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
        1.8     "Compensation" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
        1.9     "Disability" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
        1.10    "Early Retirement Date". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
        1.11    "Effective Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
        1.12    "Eligible Employee". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
        1.13    "Employee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
        1.14    "Employer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.15    "Employer Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.16    "Employment Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.17    "Enrollment Date". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.18    "ERISA". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.19    "Fund" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.20    "Highly Compensated Employee". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
        1.21    "Highly Compensated Employee Group". . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
        1.22    "Hour of Service". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
        1.23    "Matching Contribution". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
        1.24    "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
        1.25    "Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group" . . . . . . . . . . . 8
        1.26    "Normal Retirement Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.27    "Participant". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.28    "Participant Contribution" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.29    "Plan" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.30    "Plan Administrator" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.31    "Plan Year". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.32    "Related Employer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.33    "Related Plan" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.34    "Revaluation Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
        1.35    "Service". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
        1.36    "Settlement Date". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
        1.37    "Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
        1.38    "Trust Fund" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
        1.39    "Trustee". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10


<PAGE>


ARTICLE II - EMPLOYEE ELIGIBILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

        2.1     Eligibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
        2.2     Changes in Employment Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
        2.3     Special Rule for Uniformed Service.  . . . . . . . . . . . .11

ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

        3.1     Participation in Employer and Matching Contributions . . . .12
        3.2     Participation in Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . .12
        3.3     Notification of Enrollment Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
        3.4     Authorized Leaves of Absence and Layoff of One Year or Less.12
        3.5     Authorized Leaves of Absence in Excess of One Year . . . . .12
        3.6     Reemployment Following Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

ARTICLE IV - BENEFICIARIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

        4.1     Designation of Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
        4.2     Beneficiary in the Absence of Designation. . . . . . . . . .15
        4.3     Identification of Distributees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ARTICLE V - CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

        5.1     Employer and Matching Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . .16
        5.2     Participant Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
        5.3     Rollover Contributions and Elective Transfers. . . . . . . .17
        5.4     Elective Transfers From Retirement Plan. . . . . . . . . . .18
        5.5     Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
        5.6     Form of Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
        5.7     Changes in Payroll Deduction Authorization . . . . . . . . .19
        5.8     Suspension of Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

ARTICLE VI - LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

        6.1     Deductibility of Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
        6.2     Mistake of Fact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
        6.3     Limitation on Annual Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
        6.4     Dollar Limitation on Participant Contributions . . . . . . .25
        6.5     Limitation on Participant Contributions. . . . . . . . . . .27
        6.6     Limitation on Matching Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . .30
        6.7     Multiple Use Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

ARTICLE VII - DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . .33


<PAGE>


        7.1     Deposit of Employer and Matching Contributions . . . . . . .33
        7.2     Deposit of Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . .33
        7.3     Investment Election at Participation . . . . . . . . . . . .33
        7.4     Changes in Investment Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

ARTICLE VIII - ESTABLISHMENT OF FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

        8.1     Establishment of Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
        8.2     Establishment of Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
        8.3     Company Stock Fund.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
        8.4     Income on Funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
        8.5     Record of Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
        8.6     Account Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

ARTICLE VIIIA - LIFE INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

        8A.1    Purchase of Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
        8A.2    Policy Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
        8A.3    Payment of Premiums. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
        8A.4    Overriding Conditions and Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . .39
        8A.5    Designation of Beneficiary, Death Benefits . . . . . . . . .40
        8A.6    Other Distributions; Vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
        8A.7    Life Insurance Sunset Provision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

ARTICLE IX - LOANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

        9.1     Loans to Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
        9.2     Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
        9.3     Interest Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
        9.4     Repayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
        9.5     Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
        9.6     Security, Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
        9.7     Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
        9.8     Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

ARTICLE X - VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

        10.1    Revaluation of Participant's Interest. . . . . . . . . . . .45
        10.2    Investment Fund Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
        10.3    Finality of Determinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
        10.4    Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

ARTICLE XI - WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

<PAGE>


        11.1    Employer and Matching Contribution Accounts. . . . . . . . .47
        11.2    Participant Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
        11.3    Rollover, After-Tax, and Thrift and Investment Plan
                  Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
        11.4    Attainment of Age  59 1/2 or Disability. . . . . . . . . . .49
        11.5    Form of Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

ARTICLE XII - DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. . . . . . . . . . .50

        12.1    Termination of Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
        12.2    Vesting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
        12.3    Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
        12.4    Distribution on Termination of Employment. . . . . . . . . .51
        12.5    Distribution of Small Amounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
        12.6    Commencement of Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
        12.7    Distribution Under Qualified Domestic Relations Order. . . .55
        12.8    Special Distribution Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
        12.9    Effect of Plan Administrator's Determination . . . . . . . .58
        12.10   Distribution After Early Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . .58
        12.11   Direct Rollovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

ARTICLE XIII - ADMINISTRATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

        13.1    Plan Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
        13.2    Rights and Duties of the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
        13.3    Rights and Duties of the Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
        13.4    Rights and Duties of the Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
        13.5    Rights and Duties of the Plan Benefit Committee. . . . . . .62
        13.6    Rights and Duties of the Appeal Review Committee . . . . . .62
        13.7    Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
        13.8    Record Keeper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
        13.9    Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
        13.10   Reliance Upon Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
        13.11   Claims Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

ARTICLE XIV - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

        14.1    Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
        14.2    Limitation on Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
        14.3    Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

ARTICLE XV - TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

        15.1    Top-Heavy Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
        15.2    Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68


<PAGE>

        15.3    Determining Top-Heavy Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
        15.4    Minimum Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
        15.5    Safe Harbor Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

ARTICLE XVI - MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

        16.1    Plan Non-Contractual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
        16.2    Claims of Other Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
        16.3    Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
        16.4    No Guarantees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
        16.5    Merger or Consolidation of Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
        16.6    Limitations on Ability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
        16.7    Restrictions on Alienation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
        16.8    Payment to Incompetent Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
        16.9    Prudent Man Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
        16.10   Corrective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
        16.11   Duty to Furnish Information and Documents. . . . . . . . . .76
        16.12   Precedent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
        16.13   Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
        16.14   Exclusive Benefit of Participants. . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
        16.15   Service of Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
        16.16   Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
        16.17   Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
        16.18   Plurals; Masculine to Include Feminine . . . . . . . . . . .77
        16.19   Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
        16.20   References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

ARTICLE XVII - SPECIAL COVERAGE PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

        17.1    Extension to Non-Covered Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
        17.2    Special Provisions Regarding Eligibility . . . . . . . . . .78
        17.3    Adoption by Related Employers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78

ARTICLE XVIII - RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

        18.1    In General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
        18.2    Repeal of First Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79



<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.6
                                   TRUST AGREEMENT

     THIS TRUST AGREEMENT is made as of the 31st day of August, 1998, by and
between Sauer-Sundstrand Company, a corporation organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware, (hereinafter referred to as the "Employer"), and
INSTITUTIONAL TRUST COMPANY, a Colorado corporation (hereinafter referred to as
the "Trustee").


                                W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Employer has established and sponsors an Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the "Code") Section 401(k)
profit sharing plan, known as the LaSalle Factory Employee Savings Plan
(hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"), for the purpose of providing retirement
and related benefits for certain employees of the Employer and their
beneficiaries; and

     WHEREAS, a Committee of at least three individuals (hereinafter referred to
collectively as the "Administrator") has been appointed pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan to administer the same; and

     WHEREAS, the Plan calls for the establishment of a trust to which
contributions can be paid from time to time under Code Section 401(a), and which
is exempt from income taxation under Section 501 of the Code; and

     WHEREAS, as of August 31, 1998, Investors Fiduciary Trust Company (the
"Prior Trustee") served as trustee under the terms of the Trust Agreement
between the Employer and the Prior Trustee dated October 10, 1995 (hereinafter
the "Prior Trust Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to (a) appoint the Trustee as successor
trustee as of September 1, 1998, and (b) define and limit the Trustee's powers,
duties and responsibilities to those specifically provided herein; and

     WHEREAS, the Employer desires the Trustee to hold and administer the funds
of the trust and any future amounts contributed by the Employer to the Plan, and
the Trustee is willing to do so on the terms and conditions hereinafter set
forth.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I - Contributions

A.   The Trustee shall hold all property received by it as Trustee and any
     property into which the same or any part thereof may from time to time be
     converted, together with the income thereon (all such property being
     hereinafter called the "Trust Fund") IN TRUST, without distinction between
     the principal and income thereof, and shall apply the same, after the
     payment of all necessary expenses, for the exclusive benefit of certain
     employees and their beneficiaries.  The Trustee shall accept any cash, and
     may accept any other property, contributed pursuant to the terms of the
     Plan, but shall not be under any duty nor have any right to require the
     Employer to

                                       1

<PAGE>


     contribute to the Trust Fund or to determine whether the amount of any
     contribution hereunder has been correctly computed under the terms of the
     Plan.

B.   The Employer hereby agrees to provide to the Trustee within ninety (90)
     days of the date of this Agreement, a full and complete written accounting
     from the Prior Trustee as of the date of this Agreement setting forth all
     investments, receipts, disbursements, allocations, and other transactions
     effected by the Prior Trustee during the period beginning on the first day
     of the current Plan year and ending on the date of this Agreement, and
     certified as to the accuracy of the information contained therein.


ARTICLE II - Powers and Duties of Trustee

A.   Directed Trustee

     The Trustee shall be a directed trustee.  The Trustee shall have no
     discretion or authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund
     and shall act solely as a directed trustee of the funds contributed to the
     Trust Fund.

B.   Investment Directions

     The Trustee shall effect and change investment of the Trust Fund pursuant
     to proper directions as and when reported to the Trustee.  If participant
     direction of investments is permitted under the Plan, the Administrator
     shall establish procedures for a participant's proper direction of
     investment.  The Trustee shall neither effect nor change any such
     investments without proper direction, and shall have no right, duty, or
     responsibility to recommend investments or investment changes.

     The Employer or Administrator may designate such number of separate
     accounts as it, in its sole discretion, determines, for the investment of
     the Trust Fund.

C.   Investment Manager

     The Employer may from time to time in its sole discretion appoint, an
     investment manager as defined in Section 3(38) of the Employee Retirement
     Income Security Act of 1974.  The Employer shall notify the Trustee of any
     appointment of an investment manager by delivering to the Trustee an
     executed copy of the instrument under which the investment manager was
     appointed to act as such hereunder and shall specify to the Trustee that
     portion of the Trust Fund which shall be subject to investment management.
     During the term of such appointment, the investment manager shall have the
     sole responsibility for the investment and reinvestment of that portion of
     the Trust Fund subject to its investment management.  The Trustee may
     maintain a separate account within the Trust Fund for the assets of the
     Trust Fund subject to investment management. The Employer may terminate its
     appointment of an investment manager at any time and shall in writing
     notify the Trustee of such termination.  Any investment manager shall
     exercise such of the powers enumerated in Section D and otherwise contained
     in this Agreement with respect to that portion of the Trust Fund subject to
     its investment management as may be provided in the instrument under which
     the investment manager was appointed to act as such hereunder.

                                       2

<PAGE>


D.   Investment Authority

     The Trustee, as a directed trustee, is authorized and empowered with the
     following rights, powers and duties, each of which the directed Trustee
     exercises solely as directed Trustee in accordance with the direction of
     the Employer, Administrator, participant, or Investment Manager, as the
     case may be:

     1.   to invest all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund in any
          collective investment trust or group trust which provides for the
          pooling of the assets of plan described in Code Section 401(a) and
          exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a).  The provisions of the
          documents governing such collective investment trusts or group trusts,
          as amended from time to time, shall govern any investment therein and
          are adopted by and made a part of the Plan and this Trust Fund
          Agreement.  If this Trust Fund fails to be treated as tax-exempt under
          the Code or loses its status as such, the Employer shall immediately
          so notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall, without further notice or
          direction, remove the Trust Fund assets from any such collective
          investment trust or group trust maintained by the Trustee, its
          affiliates, or other entity;

     2.   to invest and reinvest the Trust Fund in securities (including
          "qualifying employer securities" as defined in Section 407(d) of the
          Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA")) or other property,
          real or personal, within or without the United States, including,
          without limitation, interests or part interests in any bond and
          mortgage or note and mortgage, certificates of deposit, commercial
          paper and other short-term or demand obligations, secured or
          unsecured, whether issued by governmental or quasi- governmental
          agencies or corporations or by any firm or corporation.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not make investments
          in securities or other property outside the United States unless (i)
          the indicia of ownership thereof are held within the jurisdiction of
          the District Courts of the United States or (ii) the Secretary of the
          Department of Labor shall have granted the Trustee permission to make
          such investments and in no event shall anything contained herein be
          deemed to purport to authorize any investment or reinvestment in
          violation of the requirements of ERISA;

     3.   to enter into one or more insurance contracts with one or more legal
          reserve life insurance companies and, subject to the provisions of
          this Agreement, to remit any payments which it may receive hereunder
          to any such insurance company, and to delegate powers in connection
          with the administration of the portion of the Trust Fund invested in
          any such insurance contract, to the insurance company issuing such
          insurance contract;

     4.   to sell property at public or private sale for cash or upon credit or
          partly for cash and partly upon credit and upon such terms and
          conditions as it shall deem proper.  No purchaser shall be bound or
          liable for the application of the proceeds of any such sale;

     5.   to exchange any securities or property held by it for other securities
          or property, or partly for such securities or property and partly for
          cash, and to exercise conversion, subscription, option and similar
          rights with respect to any securities held by it, and to make payments
          in connection therewith;

                                       3

<PAGE>


     6.   to vote in person or by proxy at corporate or other meetings and to
          participate in or consent to any voting trust, reorganization,
          dissolution, merger or other action affecting any securities in its
          possession or the issuers thereof, and to make payments in connection
          therewith;

     7.   to improve any real property;

     8.   to acquire, hold or dispose of property in unregistered form, or in
          its name without designation of fiduciary capacity, or in the name of
          its nominee, to deposit any property in a depository or clearing
          corporation and to deposit with the federal reserve bank in its
          district any securities the principal and interest of which the United
          States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof has agreed
          to pay or has guaranteed payment;

     9.   to compromise and adjust all debts or claims due to or made against
          it;

     10.  to make distributions in cash or in specific property, real or
          personal, or an undivided interest therein, or partly in cash and
          partly in such property; and

     11.  to retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as the Administrator may
          direct to satisfy liquidity needs of the Plan and to deposit any cash
          held in the Trust Fund in any bank or savings account or short term
          investment fund.


E.   Funding Policy

     The Employer shall advise the Trustee in writing of any funding policy and
     method which has been established to carry out the objectives of the Plan
     and shall promptly advise the Trustee of any changes therein and the
     Trustee shall be obligated to follow such policy and method.


ARTICLE III - Payment of Funds

A.   Subject to the provisions of Article XI hereof, the Trustee shall from time
     to time withdraw, pay or transfer cash or other property from the Trust
     Fund to such persons, in such amounts, and in such manner as the
     Administrator may direct.

B.   Orders from the Administrator need not specify the purpose of the payments
     so ordered, and the Trustee shall not be responsible in any way respecting
     the purpose or propriety of such payments or for the administration of the
     Plan.  Any such order shall constitute a certification that the payment
     directed is one which the Administrator is authorized to direct.

     Trustee shall be under no duty to enforce payment of any contribution and
     shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and
     discharge any liabilities under the Plan.  It is expressly understood that
     the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be only those expressly
     stated in this Agreement.  If a dispute arises as to who is entitled to or
     should receive any benefit or payment, the Trustee may withhold or cause to
     be withheld such payment until the dispute has been resolved.

                                       4

<PAGE>


C.   In the event that any payment ordered by the Administrator shall be mailed
     by the Trustee by registered mail directed to the person specified in such
     order at the latest address of such person filed with the Administrator,
     and shall be returned to the Trustee because such person cannot be located
     at such address, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator of
     such return.  Upon the expiration of sixty (60) days after such
     notification such order shall become void, and unless and until a further
     order of the Administrator is received by the Trustee with respect to such
     payment, the Trustee shall thereafter continue to administer the Trust Fund
     as if such order had not been made by the Administrator.  The Trustee shall
     not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such
     person (or his duly appointed representative).


ARTICLE IV - Return of Funds to Employer

A.   Except as provided below, no part of the Trust Fund shall at any time prior
     to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the participants in
     the Plan and their beneficiaries be used for, or diverted to, purposes
     other than the exclusive benefit of such participants and their
     beneficiaries and for the defraying of the reasonable expenses of the Trust
     Fund as provided in ERISA.  The investments of this Trust Fund shall not be
     subject to garnishment, attachment, levy or execution of any kind for the
     debts or defaults of the Trust Fund or of any person having or claiming to
     have any interest in the Trust Fund.  The Trust's Fund investments shall
     not be assignable in whole or in part by the Trust Fund or by any person
     having or claiming to have any interest in the Trust Fund, except that the
     interest in this Trust Fund held by the Trustee may be transferred to a
     successor Trustee.

B.   In the case of a contribution that is made by the Employer by a mistake of
     fact, Section A above shall not prohibit the return to the Employer at the
     direction of the Administrator of such contribution within one year after
     the payment of the contribution.

C.   If a contribution by the Employer is expressly conditioned on the initial
     qualification of the Plan under Section 401 of the Code, and if the Plan
     does not initially qualify, then Section A above shall not prohibit the
     return to the Employer at the direction of the Administrator of such
     contribution within one year after the date of denial of qualification of
     the Plan.

D.   If a contribution by the Employer is expressly conditioned upon the
     deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code, then to
     the extent the deduction is disallowed, Section A above shall not prohibit
     the return to the Employer at the direction of the Administrator of such
     contribution (to the extent disallowed) within one year after the
     disallowance of the deduction.

E.   In the case of the termination of the Plan, any residual assets of the Plan
     may be distributed to the Employer at the direction of the Administrator if
     all liabilities of the Plan to participants and their beneficiaries have
     been satisfied and the distribution does not contravene any provision of
     the law.


ARTICLE V - Standard of Conduct

                                       5

<PAGE>


A.   The Trustee shall discharge its duties hereunder with the care, skill,
     prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
     prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would
     use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.
     The Trustee (or any investment manager appointed pursuant to Article II
     hereof) shall not engage in any transaction which it knows or should know
     is in violation of any provision of Section 406 of ERISA.  Notwithstanding
     the foregoing, the Trustee (or any investment manager appointed pursuant to
     Article II hereof) may, in accordance with any appropriate exemption
     provided under ERISA or upon the approval of the Secretary of the
     Department of Labor, enter into any transaction otherwise prohibited under
     Section 406 of ERISA.

B.   The Trustee may consult with counsel, who may be counsel for the Employer
     or Administrator or for the Trustee, in its individual capacity, and shall
     not be deemed imprudent by reason of its taking or refraining from taking
     any action in accordance with the opinion of counsel.  The Trustee shall
     not be required to give any bond or any other security for the faithful
     performance of its duties under this Agreement, except as required by law.

     To the extent permitted by law, the Trustee shall not be liable for any
     loss to or diminution of the Trust Fund resulting from any action taken or
     omitted except if due to the failure of the Trustee to act to fulfill its
     obligation hereunder (including but not limited to the obligation to make
     investments as directed by Plan participants as requested by the
     Administrator) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
     circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity
     and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of
     a like character and with like aims.


ARTICLE VI - Records

     The Trustee shall keep records of all transactions relating to the Trust
     Fund, which shall be made available at all reasonable times to any persons
     designated by the Administrator or as may otherwise be required by law.
     The Trustee shall render to the Employer and the Administrator an
     accounting annually within ninety (90) days after receipt of the final Plan
     year end contributions. The Trustee shall file with the Employer a written
     accounting setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
     transactions effected by it during the year ending on such date (but not
     including any part of such year for which such an accounting has previously
     been filed) and certified as to the accuracy of the information set forth
     therein. The Administrator may approve such accounting for the Employer and
     itself by an instrument in writing delivered to the Trustee.  In the
     absence of the Administrator filing with the Trustee objections to any such
     accounting within one hundred twenty (120) days after its receipt, the
     Administrator shall be deemed to have so approved such accounting on behalf
     of itself and the Employer except as to any act or transaction that the
     Administrator cannot reasonably be expected to have discovered after
     reviewing such accounting with the care, skill, diligence and prudence
     expected of persons in the position and with the knowledge of the
     Administrator.  In such case, or upon the written approval of the
     Administrator of any such accounting, the Trustee shall, to the extent
     permitted by applicable law, be discharged from all liability to the
     Administrator and the Employer for its acts or failures to act described by
     such accounting except for a negligent, willful or other breach of duty
     under ERISA on the part of the Trustee.  Except to the extent otherwise
     provided in Section 502 and 504 of ERISA, no person other than the Employer
     or the Administrator may require an accounting or bring any action against
     the Trustee with respect to the Trust Fund.  The

                                       6

<PAGE>


     Trustee shall render to the Administratr, at least quarterly, a
     statement of the Trust Fund assets and their values and, whenever a
     contribution is made to the Trust Fund other than in cash, a statement of
     the value of such property on the date it is received by the Trustee. The
     Trustee shall render to the Employer and the Administrator an accounting
     within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of the
     removal or resignation of the Trustee.

     The "valuation date" for the Trust Fund and for each investment fund within
     the Trust Fund shall be each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is
     open.


ARTICLE VII - Instructions From Employer and Administrator

     The Employer shall certify to the Trustee the names of the persons from
     time to time constituting the Administrator.  In the absence of such
     notice, the Trustee shall rely solely upon the Employer.  Directions to the
     Trustee may, but need not be in writing.  The Trustee shall be entitled to
     rely without further inquiry upon all such directions shall be held
     harmless in relying upon such instructions.


ARTICLE VIII - Compensation for Trustee

     The Trustee shall be entitled to receive such reasonable compensation for
     its services as may be agreed upon between the Administrator and the
     Trustee.  Such compensation, reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in the
     administration of the Trust Fund and all taxes levied or assessed against
     the Trust Fund shall be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the
     Employer and, until paid, shall constitute a charge upon said Trust Fund.
     In addition, the Trustee's ability to earn income on amounts held hereunder
     in non-interest bearing transaction accounts for processing receipts and
     disbursements has been taken into consideration in establishing the
     Trustee's compensation hereunder.  The Trustee shall be entitled to retain
     any such income as a part of the Trustee's agreed compensation hereunder,
     and such income shall not be or become a part of the assets of the Plan.


ARTICLE IX - Indemnification

     The Employer and the Administrator shall indemnify and hold harmless the
     Trustee and its shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents
     from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and
     liabilities (including, without limitation, any amounts paid in settlement
     and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising either prior to the execution of
     this agreement, after termination of this agreement, or from the Trustee's
     action or failure to act under the Plan and Trust Fund, unless such
     liability arises from the Trustee's negligence, willful misconduct or
     dishonesty in the performance of its duties.  The exception to
     indemnification contained in the last clause of the preceding sentence
     shall not preclude indemnification of the Trustee with respect to any
     action taken by the Trustee, or any failure to act, if the action taken or
     the failure to act was directed by the Administrator, the Employer or any
     investment manager, and the Trustee reasonably relied on such direction.

                                       7

<PAGE>


ARTICLE X - Resignation of Trustee

     The Trustee may resign at any time by giving ninety (90) days prior written
     notice to the Employer.  The Employer may remove the Trustee at any time by
     giving written notice to the Trustee.  In the case of the resignation or
     removal of the Trustee, the Employer shall appoint a successor Trustee.
     Upon the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
     successor Trustee, the Trustee shall account for the administration of the
     Trust Fund up to the date of its resignation or removal in the manner
     provided in Article VI hereof and, upon the approval of such account, shall
     transfer to the successor Trustee all of the assets then constituting the
     Trust Fund.  The term "Trustee" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed
     to apply to any successor Trustee acting hereunder.

ARTICLE XI - Amendment

     The parties hereto may amend in writing all or any part of this Agreement,
     except Article IV, at any time and from time to time; provided, however,
     that any amendment shall not be effective until the instrument of amendment
     has been submitted to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have executed such
     instrument.


ARTICLE XII - Termination of Agreement

     This Agreement and the Trust Fund hereby created may be terminated at any
     time by the Employer by written notice, executed and acknowledged so as to
     authorize it to be recorded in the State of Colorado and delivered to the
     Trustee.  Upon receipt of notice of termination, the Trustee shall, after
     payment of all expenses incurred in the administration and closing out of
     the Trust Fund and the compensation to which the Trustee may be entitled,
     and upon approval of the appropriate governmental or quasi-governmental
     authorities (if such approval shall be required under applicable law), then
     distribute the Trust Fund, in cash or such other property to such persons
     and in such amounts as the Administrator shall direct.


ARTICLE XIII - Notices

     All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
     hereunder by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be
     sent to such party by personal delivery or by first class mail, postage
     prepaid, addressed as follows:

     If to the Administrator/Employer, at:

           Cheryl Stubbers
           Sauer-Sundstrand Company
           2800 East 13th Street
           Ames, Iowa  50010


     If to the Trustee, at:

                                       8

<PAGE>


           INSTITUTIONAL Trust Company
           c/o R. Eric Starr
           INVESCO Retirement Plan Services
           400 Colony Square, Suite 2200
           1201 Peachtree St., N.E.
           Atlanta, GA  30361

     Any such notice or other communication shall be deemed received by the
     party to whom sent upon the earlier of actual receipt or three business
     days after mailing as aforesaid.  Any party hereto may change such address
     for delivery of notices and other communications by giving notice in the
     manner set forth above.

                                       9

<PAGE>


ARTICLE XIV - Applicable Law

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the Employee
     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and, to the extent not preempted by
     said Act, the laws of the State of  Colorado.


ARTICLE XV - Successors

     This Agreement shall be binding upon the respective successors and assigns
     of the Employer and the Trustee.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties and the Trustee have caused this instrument
to be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                               SAUER-SUNDSTRAND COMPANY



                              By
                                ----------------------------------
                                     Title:


                              INSTITUTIONAL TRUST COMPANY
(Corporate Seal)

                              By
                                ----------------------------------
Attest:

- ----------------------------------




                              ADMINISTRATOR

                              By
                                ----------------------------------


                              By
                                ----------------------------------


                              By
                                ----------------------------------


                                      10

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.7
                                   TRUST AGREEMENT

     THIS TRUST AGREEMENT is made as of the 31st day of August, 1998, by and
between Sauer-Sundstrand Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Employer"),
and INSTITUTIONAL TRUST COMPANY, a Colorado corporation (hereinafter referred
to as the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Employer has established and sponsors an Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the "Code") Section
401(k) profit sharing plan, known as the Sauer-Sundstrand Employees' Savings
and Retirement Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"), for the purpose
of providing retirement and related benefits for certain employees of the
Employer and their beneficiaries; and

     WHEREAS, a Committee of at least three individuals (hereinafter referred
to collectively as the "Administrator") has been appointed pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan to administer the same; and

     WHEREAS, the Plan calls for the establishment of a trust to which
contributions can be paid from time to time under Code Section 401(a), and
which is exempt from income taxation under Section 501 of the Code; and

     WHEREAS, as of August 31, 1998, Investors Fiduciary Trust Company (the
"Prior Trustee") served as trustee under the terms of the Trust Agreement
between the Employer and the Prior Trustee dated October 10, 1995
(hereinafter the "Prior Trust Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to (a) appoint the Trustee as successor
trustee as of September 1, 1998, and (b) define and limit the Trustee's
powers, duties and responsibilities to those specifically provided herein; and

     WHEREAS, the Employer desires the Trustee to hold and administer the
funds of the trust and any future amounts contributed by the Employer to the
Plan, and the Trustee is willing to do so on the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I - Contributions

A.   The Trustee shall hold all property received by it as Trustee and any
     property into which the same or any part thereof may from time to time be
     converted, together with the income thereon (all such property being
     hereinafter called the "Trust Fund") IN TRUST, without distinction between
     the principal and income thereof, and shall apply the same, after the
     payment of all necessary expenses, for the exclusive benefit of certain
     employees and their beneficiaries.  The Trustee shall accept any cash, and
     may accept any other property, contributed pursuant to the terms of the
     Plan, but shall not be under any duty nor have any right to require the
     Employer to


                                       1

<PAGE>


     contribute to the Trust Fund or to determine whether the amount of any
     contribution hereunder has been correctly computed under the terms of
     the Plan.

B.   The Employer hereby agrees to provide to the Trustee within ninety (90)
     days of the date of this Agreement, a full and complete written accounting
     from the Prior Trustee as of the date of this Agreement setting forth all
     investments, receipts, disbursements, allocations, and other transactions
     effected by the Prior Trustee during the period beginning on the first day
     of the current Plan year and ending on the date of this Agreement, and
     certified as to the accuracy of the information contained therein.


ARTICLE II - Powers and Duties of Trustee

A.   Directed Trustee

     The Trustee shall be a directed trustee.  The Trustee shall have no
     discretion or authority with respect to the investment of the Trust Fund
     and shall act solely as a directed trustee of the funds contributed to the
     Trust Fund.

B.   Investment Directions

     The Trustee shall effect and change investment of the Trust Fund pursuant
     to proper directions  as and when reported to the Trustee.  If participant
     direction of investments is permitted under the Plan, the Administrator
     shall establish procedures for a participant's proper direction of
     investment.  The Trustee shall neither effect nor change any such
     investments without proper direction, and shall have no right, duty, or
     responsibility to recommend investments or investment changes.

     The Employer or Administrator may designate such number of separate
     accounts as it, in its sole discretion, determines, for the investment of
     the Trust Fund.

C.   Investment Manager

     The Employer may from time to time in its sole discretion appoint, an
     investment manager as defined in Section 3(38) of the Employee Retirement
     Income Security Act of 1974.  The Employer shall notify the Trustee of any
     appointment of an investment manager by delivering to the Trustee an
     executed copy of the instrument under which the investment manager was
     appointed to act as such hereunder and shall specify to the Trustee that
     portion of the Trust Fund which shall be subject to investment management.
     During the term of such appointment, the investment manager shall have the
     sole responsibility for the investment and reinvestment of that portion of
     the Trust Fund subject to its investment management.  The Trustee may
     maintain a separate account within the Trust Fund for the assets of the
     Trust Fund subject to investment management. The Employer may terminate its
     appointment of an investment manager at any time and shall in writing
     notify the Trustee of such termination.  Any investment manager shall
     exercise such of the powers enumerated in Section D and otherwise contained
     in this Agreement with respect to that portion of the Trust Fund subject to
     its investment management as may be provided in the instrument under which
     the investment manager was appointed to act as such hereunder.


                                       2

<PAGE>


D.   Investment Authority

     The Trustee, as a directed trustee, is authorized and empowered with the
     following rights, powers and duties, each of which the directed Trustee
     exercises solely as directed Trustee in accordance with the direction of
     the Employer, Administrator, participant, or Investment Manager, as the
     case may be:

     1.   to invest all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund in any
          collective investment trust or group trust which provides for the
          pooling of the assets of plan described in Code Section 401(a) and
          exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a).  The provisions of the
          documents governing such collective investment trusts or group trusts,
          as amended from time to time, shall govern any investment therein and
          are adopted by and made a part of the Plan and this Trust Fund
          Agreement.  If this Trust Fund fails to be treated as tax-exempt under
          the Code or loses its status as such, the Employer shall immediately
          so notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall, without further notice or
          direction, remove the Trust Fund assets from any such collective
          investment trust or group trust maintained by the Trustee, its
          affiliates, or other entity;

     2.   to invest and reinvest the Trust Fund in securities (including
          "qualifying employer securities" as defined in Section 407(d) of the
          Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA")) or other property,
          real or personal, within or without the United States, including,
          without limitation, interests or part interests in any bond and
          mortgage or note and mortgage, certificates of deposit, commercial
          paper and other short-term or demand obligations, secured or
          unsecured, whether issued by governmental or quasi- governmental
          agencies or corporations or by any firm or corporation.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not make investments
          in securities or other property outside the United States unless (i)
          the indicia of ownership thereof are held within the jurisdiction of
          the District Courts of the United States or (ii) the Secretary of the
          Department of Labor shall have granted the Trustee permission to make
          such investments and in no event shall anything contained herein be
          deemed to purport to authorize any investment or reinvestment in
          violation of the requirements of ERISA;

     3.   to enter into one or more insurance contracts with one or more legal
          reserve life insurance companies and, subject to the provisions of
          this Agreement, to remit any payments which it may receive hereunder
          to any such insurance company, and to delegate powers in connection
          with the administration of the portion of the Trust Fund invested in
          any such insurance contract, to the insurance company issuing such
          insurance contract;

     4.   to sell property at public or private sale for cash or upon credit or
          partly for cash and partly upon credit and upon such terms and
          conditions as it shall deem proper.  No purchaser shall be bound or
          liable for the application of the proceeds of any such sale;

     5.   to exchange any securities or property held by it for other securities
          or property, or partly for such securities or property and partly for
          cash, and to exercise conversion, subscription, option and similar
          rights with respect to any securities held by it, and to make payments
          in connection therewith;


                                       3

<PAGE>


     6.   to vote in person or by proxy at corporate or other meetings and to
          participate in or consent to any voting trust, reorganization,
          dissolution, merger or other action affecting any securities in its
          possession or the issuers thereof, and to make payments in connection
          therewith;

     7.   to improve any real property;

     8.   to acquire, hold or dispose of property in unregistered form, or in
          its name without designation of fiduciary capacity, or in the name of
          its nominee, to deposit any property in a depository or clearing
          corporation and to deposit with the federal reserve bank in its
          district any securities the principal and interest of which the United
          States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof has agreed
          to pay or has guaranteed payment;

     9.   to compromise and adjust all debts or claims due to or made against
          it;

     10.  to make distributions in cash or in specific property, real or
          personal, or an undivided interest therein, or partly in cash and
          partly in such property; and

     11.  to retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as the Administrator may
          direct to satisfy liquidity needs of the Plan and to deposit any cash
          held in the Trust Fund in any bank or savings account or short term
          investment fund.


E.   Funding Policy

     The Employer shall advise the Trustee in writing of any funding policy and
     method which has been established to carry out the objectives of the Plan
     and shall promptly advise the Trustee of any changes therein and the
     Trustee shall be obligated to follow such policy and method.


ARTICLE III - Payment of Funds

A.   Subject to the provisions of Article XI hereof, the Trustee shall from time
     to time withdraw, pay or transfer cash or other property from the Trust
     Fund to such persons, in such amounts, and in such manner as the
     Administrator may direct.

B.   Orders from the Administrator need not specify the purpose of the payments
     so ordered, and the Trustee shall not be responsible in any way respecting
     the purpose or propriety of such payments or for the administration of the
     Plan.  Any such order shall constitute a certification that the payment
     directed is one which the Administrator is authorized to direct.

     Trustee shall be under no duty to enforce payment of any contribution and
     shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and
     discharge any liabilities under the Plan.  It is expressly understood that
     the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be only those expressly
     stated in this Agreement.  If a dispute arises as to who is entitled to or
     should receive any benefit or payment, the Trustee may withhold or cause to
     be withheld such payment until the dispute has been resolved.


                                       4

<PAGE>


C.   In the event that any payment ordered by the Administrator shall be mailed
     by the Trustee by registered mail directed to the person specified in such
     order at the latest address of such person filed with the Administrator,
     and shall be returned to the Trustee because such person cannot be located
     at such address, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Administrator of
     such return.  Upon the expiration of sixty (60) days after such
     notification such order shall become void, and unless and until a further
     order of the Administrator is received by the Trustee with respect to such
     payment, the Trustee shall thereafter continue to administer the Trust Fund
     as if such order had not been made by the Administrator.  The Trustee shall
     not be obligated to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any such
     person (or his duly appointed representative).


ARTICLE IV - Return of Funds to Employer

A.   Except as provided below, no part of the Trust Fund shall at any time prior
     to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the participants in
     the Plan and their beneficiaries be used for, or diverted to, purposes
     other than the exclusive benefit of such participants and their
     beneficiaries and for the defraying of the reasonable expenses of the Trust
     Fund as provided in ERISA.  The investments of this Trust Fund shall not be
     subject to garnishment, attachment, levy or execution of any kind for the
     debts or defaults of the Trust Fund or of any person having or claiming to
     have any interest in the Trust Fund.  The Trust's  Fund investments shall
     not be assignable in whole or in part by the Trust Fund or by any person
     having or claiming to have any interest in the Trust Fund, except that the
     interest in this Trust Fund held by the Trustee may be transferred to a
     successor Trustee.

B.   In the case of a contribution that is made by the Employer by a mistake of
     fact, Section A above shall not prohibit the return to the Employer at the
     direction of the Administrator of such contribution within one year after
     the payment of the contribution.

C.   If a contribution by the Employer is expressly conditioned on the initial
     qualification of the Plan under Section 401 of the Code, and if the Plan
     does not initially qualify, then Section A above shall not prohibit the
     return to the Employer at the direction of the Administrator of such
     contribution within one year after the date of denial of qualification of
     the Plan.

D.   If a contribution by the Employer is expressly conditioned upon the
     deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code, then to
     the extent the deduction is disallowed, Section A above shall not prohibit
     the return to the Employer at the direction of the Administrator of such
     contribution (to the extent disallowed) within one year after the
     disallowance of the deduction.

E.   In the case of the termination of the Plan, any residual assets of the Plan
     may be distributed to the Employer at the direction of the Administrator if
     all liabilities of the Plan to participants and their beneficiaries have
     been satisfied and the distribution does not contravene any provision of
     the law.


ARTICLE V - Standard of Conduct


                                       5

<PAGE>


A.   The Trustee shall discharge its duties hereunder with the care, skill,
     prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
     prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters
     would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with
     like aims. The Trustee (or any investment manager appointed pursuant to
     Article II hereof) shall not engage in any transaction which it knows or
     should know is in violation of any provision of Section 406 of ERISA.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee (or any investment manager
     appointed pursuant to Article II hereof) may, in accordance with any
     appropriate exemption provided under ERISA or upon the approval of the
     Secretary of the Department of Labor, enter into any transaction
     otherwise prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA.

B.   The Trustee may consult with counsel, who may be counsel for the Employer
     or Administrator or for the Trustee, in its individual capacity, and shall
     not be deemed imprudent by reason of its taking or refraining from taking
     any action in accordance with the opinion of counsel.  The Trustee shall
     not be required to give any bond or any other security for the faithful
     performance of its duties under this Agreement, except as required by law.

     To the extent permitted by law, the Trustee shall not be liable for any
     loss to or diminution of the Trust Fund resulting from any action taken or
     omitted except if due to the failure of the Trustee to act to fulfill its
     obligation hereunder (including but not limited to the obligation to make
     investments as directed by Plan participants as requested by the
     Administrator) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
     circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity
     and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of
     a like character and with like aims.


ARTICLE VI - Records

     The Trustee shall keep records of all transactions relating to the Trust
     Fund, which shall be made available at all reasonable times to any persons
     designated by the Administrator or as may otherwise be required by law.
     The Trustee shall render to the Employer and the Administrator an
     accounting annually within ninety (90) days after receipt of the final Plan
     year end contributions. The Trustee shall file with the Employer a written
     accounting setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other
     transactions effected by it during the year ending on such date (but not
     including any part of such year for which such an accounting has previously
     been filed) and certified as to the accuracy of the information set forth
     therein. The Administrator may approve such accounting for the Employer and
     itself by an instrument in writing delivered to the Trustee.  In the
     absence of the Administrator filing with the Trustee objections to any such
     accounting within one hundred twenty (120) days after its receipt, the
     Administrator shall be deemed to have so approved such accounting on behalf
     of itself and the Employer except as to any act or transaction that the
     Administrator cannot reasonably be expected to have discovered after
     reviewing such accounting with the care, skill, diligence and prudence
     expected of persons in the position and with the knowledge of the
     Administrator.  In such case, or upon the written approval of the
     Administrator of any such accounting, the Trustee shall, to the extent
     permitted by applicable law, be discharged from all liability to the
     Administrator and the Employer for its acts or failures to act described by
     such accounting except for a negligent, willful or other breach of duty
     under ERISA on the part of the Trustee.  Except to the extent otherwise
     provided in Section 502 and 504 of ERISA, no person other than the Employer
     or the Administrator may require an accounting or bring any action against
     the Trustee with respect to the Trust Fund.  The


                                       6

<PAGE>


     Trustee shall render to the Administratr, at least quarterly, a
     statement of the Trust Fund assets and their values and, whenever a
     contribution is made to the Trust Fund other than in cash, a statement
     of the value of such property on the date it is received by the Trustee.
     The Trustee shall render to the Employer and the Administrator an
     accounting within one-hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date
     of the removal or resignation of the Trustee.

     The "valuation date" for the Trust Fund and for each investment fund within
     the Trust Fund shall be each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is
     open.


ARTICLE VII - Instructions From Employer and Administrator

     The Employer shall certify to the Trustee the names of the persons from
     time to time constituting the Administrator.  In the absence of such
     notice, the Trustee shall rely solely upon the Employer.  Directions to the
     Trustee may, but need not be in writing.  The Trustee shall be entitled to
     rely without further inquiry upon all such directions shall be held
     harmless in relying upon such instructions.


ARTICLE VIII - Compensation for Trustee

     The Trustee shall be entitled to receive such reasonable compensation for
     its services as may be agreed upon between the Administrator and the
     Trustee.  Such compensation, reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in the
     administration of the Trust Fund and all taxes levied or assessed against
     the Trust Fund shall be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the
     Employer and, until paid, shall constitute a charge upon said Trust Fund.
     In addition, the Trustee's ability to earn income on amounts held hereunder
     in non-interest bearing transaction accounts for processing receipts and
     disbursements has been taken into consideration in establishing the
     Trustee's compensation hereunder.  The Trustee shall be entitled to retain
     any such income as a part of the Trustee's agreed compensation hereunder,
     and such income shall not be or become a part of the assets of the Plan.


ARTICLE IX - Indemnification

     The Employer and the Administrator shall indemnify and hold harmless the
     Trustee and its shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents
     from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and
     liabilities (including, without limitation, any amounts paid in settlement
     and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising either prior to the execution of
     this agreement, after termination of this agreement, or from the Trustee's
     action or failure to act under the Plan and Trust Fund, unless such
     liability arises from the Trustee's negligence, willful misconduct or
     dishonesty in the performance of its duties.  The exception to
     indemnification contained in the last clause of the preceding sentence
     shall not preclude indemnification of the Trustee with respect to any
     action taken by the Trustee, or any failure to act, if the action taken or
     the failure to act was directed by the Administrator, the Employer or any
     investment manager, and the Trustee reasonably relied on such direction.


                                       7

<PAGE>


ARTICLE X - Resignation of Trustee

     The Trustee may resign at any time by giving ninety (90) days prior written
     notice to the Employer.  The Employer may remove the Trustee at any time by
     giving written notice to the Trustee.  In the case of the resignation or
     removal of the Trustee, the Employer shall appoint a successor Trustee.
     Upon the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
     successor Trustee, the Trustee shall account for the administration of the
     Trust Fund up to the date of its resignation or removal in the manner
     provided in Article VI hereof and, upon the approval of such account, shall
     transfer to the successor Trustee all of the assets then constituting the
     Trust Fund.  The term "Trustee" as used in this Agreement shall be deemed
     to apply to any successor Trustee acting hereunder.


ARTICLE XI - Amendment

     The parties hereto may amend in writing all or any part of this Agreement,
     except Article IV, at any time and from time to time; provided, however,
     that any amendment shall not be effective until the instrument of amendment
     has been submitted to the Trustee and the Trustee shall have executed such
     instrument.


ARTICLE XII - Termination of Agreement

     This Agreement and the Trust Fund hereby created may be terminated at any
     time by the Employer by written notice, executed and acknowledged so as to
     authorize it to be recorded in the State of Colorado and delivered to the
     Trustee.  Upon receipt of notice of termination, the Trustee shall, after
     payment of all expenses incurred in the administration and closing out of
     the Trust Fund and the compensation to which the Trustee may be entitled,
     and upon approval of the appropriate governmental or quasi-governmental
     authorities (if such approval shall be required under applicable law), then
     distribute the Trust Fund, in cash or such other property to such persons
     and in such amounts as the Administrator shall direct.


ARTICLE XIII - Notices

     All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given
     hereunder by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be
     sent to such party by personal delivery or by first class mail, postage
     prepaid, addressed as follows:

            If to the Administrator/Employer, at:

            Cheryl Stubbers
            Sauer-Sundstrand Company
            2800 East 13th Street
            Ames, Iowa  50010


     If to the Trustee, at


                                       8

<PAGE>


            INSTITUTIONAL Trust Company
            c/o R. Eric Starr
            INVESCO Retirement Plan Services
            400 Colony Square, Suite 2200
            1201 Peachtree St., N.E.
            Atlanta, GA  30361

     Any such notice or other communication shall be deemed received by the
     party to whom sent upon the earlier of actual receipt or three business
     days after mailing as aforesaid.  Any party hereto may change such address
     for delivery of notices and other communications by giving notice in the
     manner set forth above.


                                       9

<PAGE>


ARTICLE XIV - Applicable Law

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the Employee
     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and, to the extent not preempted by
     said Act, the laws of the State of  Colorado.


ARTICLE XV - Successors

     This Agreement shall be binding upon the respective successors and assigns
     of the Employer and the Trustee.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties and the Trustee have caused this instrument
to be executed as of the day and year first above written.


                               SAUER-SUNDSTAND COMPANY



                              By _________________________________
                                     Title:


                              INSTITUTIONAL TRUST COMPANY
(Corporate Seal)

                              By _________________________________
Attest:

_______________________________




                              ADMINISTRATOR

                              By __________________________________


                              By ___________________________________


                              By ___________________________________




                                       10


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference in this registration statement on Form S-8 of our report dated
February 17, 1999, included in Sauer Inc.'s Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and to all references to our Firm included in this
registration statement.


/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP


Chicago, Illinois
December 27, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission